it pleased God by the foolishnes of preaching to saue them that beleue 22 Seing also that the Iewes require a * signe and the Grecians seke after wisdome 23 But we preache Christ crucified vnto the Iewes euen a stombling blocke vnto the Grecians foolishnes 24 But vnto them which are called bothe of the Iewes Grecians we preache Christ the power of God and the wisdome of God 25 For the foolishnes of God is wiser theÌ men and the weakenes of God is stronger then men 26 Forbrethren you se your calling how that not manie wise men after the flesh not manie mightie not manie noble are called 27 But God hathe chosen the foolish things of the worlde to confounde the wise and God hath chosen the weake things of the world to confounde the mightie things 28 And vile things of the worlde and things which are despised hathe God chosen and things whiche are not to bring to noght things that are 29 That no flesh shulde reioyce in his presence 30 But ye are of him in Christ Iesus who of God is made vnto vs * wisdome righteousnes and sanctification and redempcion 31 That according as it is written * He that reioyceth let him reioyce in the Lord. CHAP. II. 1 He putteth for example his maner of preaching whiche was according to the tenor of the Gospel 8 Which Gos pel was contemptible and hid to the carnal 10 And againe honorable and manifest to the spiritual 1 ANd I brethreÌ when I came to you came not with * excellencie of wordes or of wisdome shewing vnto you the testimonie of God 2 For I estemed not to know anie thing amoÌg you saue Iesus Christ and him crucified 3 * And I was among you in weakenes and in feare and in muche trembling 4 Nether stode my worde and my preaching in the * entising speache of mans wisdome but in plaine euidence of the Spirit of power 5 That your faith shuld not be in the wisdom of men but in the power of God 6 And we speake wisdome among them that are perfite not the wisdome of this worlde nether of the priÌces of this worlde which come to noght 7 But we speake the wisdome of God in a mysterie euen the hid wisdome which God had determiued before the worlde vnto our glorie 8 Which none of the princes of this worlde hathe knowen for had thei knowen it thei wolde not haue crucified the Lord of glorie 9 But as it is written * The things which eye hathe not sene nether eare hathe heard nether came into mans heart are which God hathe prepared for them that loue him 10 But God hathe reueiled them vnto vs by his Spirit for the Spirit searcheth all things yea the deepe things of God 11 For what man knoweth the things of a maÌ saue the spirit of a man which is in him eueÌ so the things of God knoweth no man but the Spirit of God 12 Now we haue receiued not the Spirit of the worlde but the Spirit which is of God that we might knowe the things that are giuen to vs of God 13 Which things also we speake not in the * wordes which mans wisdome teacheth but which the holie Gost teacheth comparing spiritual things with spiritual things 14 But the natural man perceiueth not the things of the Spirit of God for they are foolishnes vnto him nether can he knowe theÌ because they are spiritually discerned 15 But he that is spiritual discerneth all things yet he him self is iudged of no man 16 * For who hathe knowen the minde of the Lord that he might instruct him But we haue the minde of Christ. CHAP. III. 3 Paul rebuketh the sectes and autours thereof 7 No man ought to attribute his saluacion to the ministers but to God 10 That they beware erronius doctrines 11 Christ is the fundacion of his Church 16 The dignitie and office bothe of the ministers and also of all the faithful 1 ANd I colde not speake vnto you brethreÌ as vnto spiritual men but as vnto carnal euen as vnto babes in Christ. 2 I gaue you milke to drinke and not meat for ye were not yet able to beare it nether yet now are ye able 3 For ye are yet carnal for where as there is among you enuying and strife and diuisions are ye not carnal and walke as men 4 For when one saith I am Pauls and another I am Apollos are ye not carnal 5 Who is Paul then and who is Apollos but the ministers by whome ye beleued and as the Lord gaue to euerie man 6 I haue planted Apollos watred but God gaue the encrease 7 So then ãâã is he that plaÌteth anie thing nether he that watreth but God that giueth the encrease 8 And he that planteth he that watreth are one * euerie man shal receiue his wages according to his labour 9 For we together are Gods laborers ye are Gods housbandrie and Gods buylding 10 According to the grace of God giuen to me as a skilful master buylder I haue laid the fundacion and another buyldeth thereon butlet euerie man take hede how he buyldeth vpon it 11 For other fundacion can no man lay then that which is laid which is Iesus Christ. 12 And if anie man buylde on this fundacion golde siluer precious stones tymber haye or stubble 13 Euerie mans worke shal be made manifest for the daye shal declare it because it shal be reueiled by the fyre and the fyre shal trye euerie mans worke of what sort it is 14 If anie mans worke that he hathe buylt vpon abide he shal receiue wages 15 If anie mans worke burne he shal lose but he shal be safe him self neuertheles yet as it were by the fyre 16 * Knowe ye not that ye are the Temple of God and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in you 17 If anie man destroy the TeÌple of God him shal God destroy for the Temple of God is holie which ye are 18 Let no man deceiue him self If anie man among you seme to be wise in this worlde let him be a foole that he may be wise 19 For the wisdome of this world is foolishnes with God for it is written * He catcheth the wise in their owne craftines 20 * And againe The Lord knoweth that the thoghts of the wise be vaine 21 Therefore let no man reioyce in men for all things are yours 22 Whether it be Paul or Apollos or Cephas or the worlde or life or death whether they be things present or things to come euen all are yours 23 And ye Christs and Christ Gods CHAP. IIII. 1 After that he had described the office of a true Apostle 3 Seing they did not acknowledge him suche one 4 He appealeth to
thou made vs to erre froÌ thy wayes and hardened out heart froÌ thy feare Returne for thy seruants sake and for the tribes of thine inheritance 18 The people of thine holines haue possessed it but a litle while for our aduersaries haue troden downe thy Sanctuarie 19 We haue bene as they ouer whome thou neuer barest rule and vpon whome thy Name was not called CHAP. LXIIII. 1 The Prophet prayeth for the sinnes of the people 6 MaÌs righteousnes is like a filthy cloth OH that thou woldest breake the heauens and come downe that the mountaines might melt at thy presence 2 As the melting fire burned as the fire caused the waters to boile that thou mightest declare thy Name to thy aduersaries the people did tremble at thy presence 3 When thou didest terrible things whiche we looked not for thou camest downe the mountaines melted at thy presence 4 For since the beginning of the world they haue not heard nor vnderstand with the eare nether hathe the eye sene another God beside thee whiche doeth so to hym that waiteth for him 5 Thou didest mete him that reioyced in thee and did iustely theiremembred thee in thy wayes behold thou art angrie for we haue sinned yet in them is coÌtinuaÌce and we shal be saued 6 But we haue all bene as an vncleane thing and all our righteousnes is as filthy cloutes and we all do fade like a leafe and our iniquities like the wind haue takeÌ vs away 7 And there is none that calleth vpon thy Name nether that stirreth vp him selfe to take holde of thee for thou haste hid thy face from vs and hast coÌsumed vs because of ouriniquities 8 But now ô Lord thou arte our Father we are the claye and thou art our potter and we all are the worke of thine hands 9 Be not angrie ô Lord aboue measure nether remeÌberiniquitie for euer ãâã we beseche thee beholde we are all thy people 10 Thine holie cities lye waste ZioÌn is a wildernes and Ierusalém a desert 11 The House of our Sanctuarie of our glorie where our fathers praised thee is burnt vp with fyre and all our pleasant things are wasted 12 Wilt thou holde thy self stil at these thinges ô Lord wilt thou holde thy peace and afflict vs aboue measure CHAP. LXV 1 The vocation of the Gentiles and the reiection of the Iewes 13 The ioy of the elect and the punishmeÌt of the wicked 1 I Haue bene soght of them that asked not I was founde of them that soght me not I said Beholde me Beholde me vnto a nation that called not vppon my Name 2 I haue spred out mine hands all the day vnto a rebellious people which walked in away that was not good euen after their owne ima gin a cions 3 A people that prouok ed me euer vnto my face that sacrificeth in gardens and burneth incense vpon brickes 4 Which remaine among the graues and lodge in the deserts whiche eate swines flesh the broth of things polluted are in their vessels 5 Which say Stand a parte come not nere to me for I am holier then thou these are a smoke in my wrath and a fyre that burneth all the day 6 Beholde it is writen before me I wil not kepe silence but wil ren dre it and recompense it into their bosome 7 Your iniquities and the iniquities of your fathers shal be together saith the Lord which haue burnt incense vpon the mountaines and blasphemed me vpon the hilles therefore will I measure their olde worke into their bosome 8 Thus saith the Lord As the wine is found in the cluster and one saith Destroy it not for a blessing is in it so wil I do for my seruants sakes that I maye not destroy theÌ whole 9 But I wil bring a sede out of Iaakób and out of Iudáh that shall enherit my mountaine and mine elect shal inherit it and my seruants shal dwell there 10 And Sharón shal be a shepe folde the valley of Achór shal be a resting place for the cattell of my people that haue soght me 11 But ye are thei that haue forsakeÌ the Lord and forgotten mine holie Mountaine and haue prepared a table for the multitude and furnishe the drinke offrings vnto the nomber 12 Therefore wil I noÌber you to the sworde and all you shalbowe downe to the slaughter because I called and ye did not answer I spake and ye heard not but did euill in my sight and did chuse that thinge whiche I wolde not 13 Therfore thus saith the Lord God Behold my seruants shall eat and ye shall be hungrie beholde my seruants shal drinke and ye shall be thirstie beholde my seruantes shal reioyce and ye shal be ashamed 14 Beholde my seruants shal sing for ioye of heart and ye shal crye for sorowe of heart and shal howle for vexation of minde 15 And ye shall leaue your Name as a cursse vnto ãâã chosen for the Lord GOD shall slaye ãâã and call his seruants by another name 16 He that shall blesse in the earthe shall blesse him selfe in the true God and he that sweareth in the earthe shall sweare by the true GOD for the former troubles are forgotten and shall surely hide theÌ selues from mine eyes 17 For lo I wil creat newe heauens and a newe earth and the former shal not be remeÌ bred nor come into minde 18 But be you glad reioyce for euer in the things that I shal creat for beholde I will creat Ierusalém as a reioycing her people as a ioye 19 And I wil reioyce in Ierusalém and ioye in my people and the voice of weping shal be no more heard in her nor the voyce of crying 20 There shal be no more there a chylde of yeres nor an olde man that hathe not filled his daies for he that shal be an huÌdreth yeres olde shal dye as a yong man but the sinner being an hundreth yeres olde shal be accursed 21 And thei shal buylde houses and in habit them and thei shal plant vineyardes and eat the frute of them 22 Thei shall not buylde and another inhabit thei shall not plant and another eate for as the daies of the tre are the daies of my people mine elect shal inioye in olde age the worke of their hande 23 Thei shall not labour in vaine nor bryng forth in feare for they are the sede of the blessed of the Lord their buddes with theÌ 24 Yea before thei call I wil answer whiles thei speake I wil heare 25 The wolfe and the lambe shal fede together and the lion shall eat strawe like the bullocke to the serpent dust shal be his meat Thei shal no more hurt nor destroye in all mine holie Mountaine saith the Lord CHAP.
trueth of thy promes be vnchang eable d The Prophete sheweth what was the promes of God whereon be grounded hys faith e The Angels shall praise thy power and ãâã in ãâã thy Church f That is in the heauens g Meaning the Angels h If the Angels treÌble before gods maiestie ãâã what earthlye creature by oppressing the Churche dare set him selfe againste God i For as he deliuered the Church by thered Sea and by destroying Rahab that is the ãâã so will he eftsone deliuer it when the dangers be great k ãâã is a mouÌtaine VVestwarde from IerusaleÌm and HermoÌ Eastwarde so the Prophete signifieth that all partes and places of the worlde shal obey Gods power for the deliuerance of his Church l For hereby he iudgeth the world and sheweth him self a merciful Father and faithfull protector vnto his m Feling in theyr conscience that God is their Father n They shal be pre ãâã by the Fatherlie prouideÌce o In that they are preserued and coÌtinue they ought to giue the praise and glorie onelye to thee p In that that our King hath power to ãâã vs it is the ãâã of God q To Samuél and ãâã ãâã to assure that Dauid was ãâã ãâã one r VVhome I haue bothe chosen and giuen him ãâã to ãâã his ãâã ãâã ãâã 21. s Thogh there shal be ãâã ãâã ãâã Gods ãâã yet he promiseth ãâã ouer come them t I wil mercifully performe my pro mises to him not withstanding his ãâã ãâã u His power ãâã and estate x He shall enioye the lande rounde about y His ãâã dignitie shal appeare herein that he shal be named ãâã sonne of God and the ãâã borne ãâã he is a figure of ãâã z ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a ãâã the ãâã answer not in all points to their professioÌ yet God wil not breake his couenante with them 2. ãâã 7. 14. b For God in promising ãâã respect to his ãâã and not to mans power in performing â ãâã lie vnto Dauid which is a maner of othe c As long as ãâã sunne and moone endure thei shal be witnesses to me of this promes d Because of the ãâã confusioÌ of things ãâã Prophet complaineth to God as ãâã he sawe ãâã the performaÌce of his ãâã And thus ãâã ãâã his ca ãâã on God he ãâã doute and ãâã c By this he meaneth the horrible dissipation and ãâã of the kingdome which was vnder ãâã ãâã els by the Spirit of prophecie EthaÌ ãâã of those ãâã ãâã ãâã came sone ãâã to passe at the captiuitie of ãâã f ãâã ãâã ãâã the kingdome ãâã ãâã it came to ãâã or was ripe g The Prophet in ãâã prayer ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã his ãâã ãâã failed h ãâã mans life is ãâã and thou ãâã ãâã man to ãâã my ãâã ãâã him ãâã ãâã haste to helpe death wil preuent thee i He meaneth that Gods ãâã did not onely ãâã him ãâã his backe but also ãâã him to his face and as it ãâã cast ãâã ãâã ries in his ãâã k So he calleth them that persecute the Church l ãâã ãâã at vs whiche paciently waite for the comming of thy ãâã a Thus the ãâã ãâã to call the ãâã b ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã c ãâã ãâã chosen vs to be ãâã ãâã before thy fun ãâã of the world were laied d ãâã by ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã of mans life moueth God to pitie e Thogh maÌ think his lif long which is in dede moste short yea thogh it were a thousaÌd yeres yet in God sight it is as nothing and as the watche that lasteth but thre hou res f Thou takest theÌ away suddenly as with a flood g Thou callest vs by thy rods to coÌsider the shortnes of our life and ãâã our sinnes thou ab bridgest our daies h Our daies are not onelye short but miserable forasmuche as our sinnes ãâã ãâã thy wrath i Meaning according to the commune state of life k If mans life for the breuitie be mi serable much more if thy wrath lie vpon it as they which feare thee onely knowe l VVhich is by con sidering the short nes of our life and by meditating the heauenlie ioyes m Meaning wile thou be angrie â Or cake coÌsorte in thy seruants n EueÌ thy mercie which is the chiefest worke o As Gods promises apperteyned aswell to their ãâã as to them so Mosés praieth for the posteritie p Meaning that it was obscured when he ceased to do good to his ãâã q For ãâã ãâã guide vs with thine holie Spirit our entreprises can haue no good succes a He that ãâã God his ãâã ãâã shal ãâã his protection to be ãâã ãâã safegarde b Being assured of this protection he praieth vnto the Lord. c That is Goddes ãâã is most readie for vs whether Satan assaile vs ãâã which he calleth a snare or openly which is here ment by the pestilence d ãâã is his saith ful keping of promes to helpe thee in thy necessitie e The ãâã ãâã God hathe ouer his it moste sufficient to defende them from all daÌgers f The godlie shall haue some ãâã ce of Gods ãâã against the wicked eueÌin this life but fully they shall se it at the day wheÌ al things shal be reueiled g God ãâã not appointed euerie maÌ in one Angel but manie to be ministers of ãâã ãâã to kepe his and defend theÌ in their vocation whichis the way to walke in ãâã ãâã God h Thou ãâã ãâã onely ãâã from all euill ãâã ouer ãâã it whether it be secret or open i To assure ãâã faithfull of ãâã protectioÌ he ãâã in God ãâã coÌfirme the same k For he is ãâã with that ãâã that God ãâã for by ãâã the shortnes of ãâã life is ãâã with ãâã Psal. xcii a VVhich ãâã ãâã the vse of ãâã Sabbath ãâã in praising God not onelye in ãâã from worke b For ãâã mercie and ãâã in ãâã promises towarde his binde ãâã to praise him con tinually both daie and night c These ãâã were theÌ permitted but at Christs comming abolished d He ãâã what is the vse of the Sabbath ãâã to wit to meditate Gods workes e That is the wicked consider not Gods workes not his iudgementes against them and ãâã most iustly perish f Thy iudgements are most constant against the wicked passe our reach g Thou ãâã ãâã theÌ with all power and blesse them with all felicitie h Thogh the faithfull seme to wither and be cut downe by the wic ked yet they shall growe againe and florishe in the Church of God as the cedres do in Lebanon i The children of God shall haue a power aboue natu re and their ãâã shall bring ãâã fresh frutes a As God by hys power and wisdome hathe made gouerneth the worlde so muste the same beour de fence againste all enemies and dangers Psal. xciii b VVherein thou sittest and gouernest the worlde c Gods power appeareth in ruling the
ãâã came in the name of all Grecia yet he ãâã ãâã and dignitie of of the general captaine so that ãâã ãâã was at tributed to him whiche is ment by this horne h AlexaÌder ouer came Darius in two ãâã battels aÌd so had the two ãâã of the ãâã and ãâã i AlexaÌders great power was broken for when he had ouer come all the East he thoght to ãâã towarde Grecia to subdue them that there had ãâã belled and so died by the way k That is which were ãâã for almoste ãâã the space of ãâã yere ãâã were fiftene diuers ãâã ãâã this ãâã was deuided to these foure whereof Cassander had Macedonia ãâã Syria Antigonus Asia the lesse and ãâã Egypt l VVhich was Antiochus Epiphanes who was of a ãâã and ãâã nature and also there were o her betwene him and the kingdome and therefore is here called the ãâã horne because nether prince he conditions nor any other thing ãâã in hym why he shulde obteine this kingdome m That is to warde Egypt n VVhere by he meaneth ãâã o That is ãâã p ãâã ragest against the elect of God and trode his precious ãâã vnder fete whiche are so called because they are ãâã from the worlde q That is God ãâã gouerneth and mainteineth his ãâã r He labored to abolish all religion and ãâã cast Gods seruice out of his Temple whiche God had chosen as a litle corner from all the rest of the worlde to haue his Name there truely called vpon s He sheweth that their sinnes are the cause of there horrible ãâã and yet comforteth them in that he appointeth this tyrant a time whome he wolde ãâã ãâã ãâã to abolish his religion t This horne shal abolishe for a time the true doctrine and so corrupt Gods seruice u Meaning that he heard one of the Angels as king this question of Christ whome he calleth a certeine one or a ãâã one or a ãâã one x That is the Iewes sinnes which were cause of this destruction y That is whiche suppresseth Gods religion and his people z Christ answered me for the ãâã of the Church a That is vnto so many natural daies be past whi che make six yeres thre moneths and an halfe for so long vnder An tiochus was the Temple prophaned b VVhiche was Christ who ãâã this maner decla red him selfe to the olde fathers howe ãâã wolde be God manifested in flesh c This power to commande the Angel declared that he was God d The effect of this vision shal not yet appeare but a long time after e Meanyng the great rage which Antiochus shuld shewe ãâã the Church f That is out of Grecia g They shal not haue like power as had AlexaÌder h Nothing that this ãâã was ãâã cruel and also ãâã that he colde not be deceiued i That is not like AlexaÌder ãâã k Bothe the Gentils that dwelt about him and al so the Iewes l VVhat soeuer he goeth about by his crast he shal bring it to passe m That is vnder pretence of peace or ãâã it ãâã in sporte n Meanyng against God o For God wolde destroy him with a notable ãâã and so comforte his Church p Read vers 14. 2. Mac. 9. 9. q For feare and astonishement a VVho was also called ãâã b For ãâã led with ambition went about war res in other coun ãâã and therefore Darius had the title of the kingdome thogh ãâã was kyng in effect c For thogh he was an ãâã Prophet yet he dayly ãâã ãâã in knowledge by readyng of the Scriptures d He ãâã ãâã of that ãâã prater whi che he vsed in his house ãâã a day but of a ãâã and ãâã prayer lest their sinnes ãâã ãâã se ãâã to delay the time of their ãâã prophecied by ãâã e That is hast all power in thy selfe to execute thy terrible ãâã against ãâã sinners as thou art riche in ãâã to comfort them which obey thy worde and ãâã thee â Ebr him f He ãâã that whensoeuer God punisheth he doeth it for in ãâã ãâã thus the ãâã neuer ãâã him of rigour as the wicked do bu acknowledge that in them selues there is ãâã se why he shuld ãâã ãâã â Ebr. confusion of ãâã g He doeth ãâã ãâã the kings because of their au ãâã ãâã pra ãâã ãâã for them as the ãâã ãâã of these great ãâã h He sheweth that they rebell a gainst God ãâã serue him not according to his commandement and worde i As ãâã 27 15. or the ãâã ãâã by an othe â Or gouerned vs â Ebr. ãâã vpon the ãâã Exod. 14 28. ãâã 2 11. k That is according to all thy ãâã promises and the perfor mance ãâã l ãâã thy selfe fauorable m That is for thy Christs sake in ãâã thou ãâã accept all our ãâã n Declaring that the godhe ãâã onely vnto Gods ãâã and renounce their owne Workes when they seke for ãâã of their sinnes o Thus he tolde not content him selfe with any ãâã hemencie of wor ãâã he was so led with a ãâã zeale considering Gods promes made to the citie in respect of his Church and for theaduancement of Gods ãâã p He. ãâã to ãâã cie who prophecied that their ca ptiuitie shulde be ãâã ie yeres but ãâã Gods mercie shulde ãâã ãâã excede his iudge ment whiche shulde be foure hundreth nine tie yeres euen to the comming of Christ so then it shuld ãâã for euer q Meaning Daniels nacioÌ ouer whome he was ãâã r To shewe ãâã and to ãâã sin ãâã out of ãâã ãâã s From the time that Cyrus gaue them leaue to departe and these wekes make 49. yere whereof 46 are referred to the time of the Temple and 3. 10 the laying of the ãâã t Counting from the sixt yere of Darius who gaue the seconde commandement for the building of the ãâã are 62 ãâã which make ãâã yeres which comprehend the time from this building of the Temple vnto the ãâã of Christ. â Ebr. in ãâã of time u In this ãâã weeke of the seuentie shal ãâã come and preache and suffer death x He shal ãâã to haue no beautie nor to be of ame ãâã as ãâã 53 2. y Meaning ãâã Vespasians sonne who shulde come and destroy bothe the ãâã and the people without all hope of recouerie z By the preaching of the Gospel he confirmed his promes first to the Iewes and after to the Gentiles a Christ accomplished this by his death and ãâã ãâã b Meaning that Ierusalem and the Sanctuarie shulde be vtterly destroyed for their rebellion against God their ãâã of some read that the plagues shal be so great that they shal all be astonied at them a He not eth this third yere because at this time the buylding of the Temple bÌegan to be hindered by Cambyses Cyrus sonne When the father made warie in Asia minor against the ãâã which was a discouraging to the ãâã and a great feare to Da
2 6. a For there is another Bethlehem in the tribe of zebulum b Wisemen or Magi in the Persians and Chaldeans tongue signifie philosophers Priests or astronomers are here the first frutes of the Gen tiles that came to worshippe Christ. c An extraordinarie signe to set forth that kings honour whome the worlde did not esteme d Which was a declaration of that reuerence which the Gentiles shulde beare vnto Christ. e They colde wel tell of Christ in general but wheÌ they shulde professe his name giue him his due honor thei waxe colde and shrinke backe f And euil conscience is a burning fyre Micah 5 2. iohn 7 42. g The starre vanished a way be fore to the ãâã thei shulde tary at Ierusalem aÌd there ãâã of the thing to the confusion of the Iewes â Or sawe h The Persiens maner was not to solute kings without a preset and therefore they broght of that which was most precious in their countrey whereof euery one of theÌ offred i Promes oght not to be kept where Gods honour and preachyng of hys trueth is hindered or els it oght not to be broken k That which was prefigured by the deliueran ce of the ãâã ãâã of Egypt whiche were Christs Church his bodie is now verified accomplished in the head Christ. l Within a certeine time after Hose 1 1. Iere. 31 15. m Herode renewed the sorowe which the Beniamites had suffred long before yet for all hys crueltie he colde not bring to passe that Christ shuld not reigne n That is they were killed and dead o Thus the faith ful may how God hathe infinite meanes to preser ue them froÌ the rage of tyrants â Or therefore â Or of Nazaret p Which is holie and consecrated to God alluding vnto those that were Nazarites in the olde Law which were a figure of that holi nes which shuld be manifested in Christe as was ãâã Ioseph c Mar. 1 4. luk 1. 3. a In the first yere of the reigne of Tiberius after Christ had long tyme remayned in Nazaret and was now about ãâã yere olde b So called in re spect of the plain ãâã and ãâã valleis and not inhabited â Or be sorie for your fautes past and amend c Which is that God wil reigne ouer vs gather vs vnto him pardon our sinnes and adopte vs by the preaching of the Gospel d Wouen with heere as grosse heere clothe e Suche meares as nature broght for the without mans labour or diligence reade â Or grashoppers Mar. 1 ãâã f Acknowledging their fautes for there is no re pentance without confession â Or broodes Isa. 40. 3. mar 1 3. luk 3. 4. iob 1 ãâã g He menaceth those venemous and malicious Pharises with the iugement of God except they shew before man suche workes as are agreable to the profession of the godlie whome Isai calleth the trees of righteousnes Mar. 1 6. h The iudgemeÌt of God is at hand to destroye suche as are not ãâã to be of his Church Leuit. 11 22. luk ãâã ãâã Chap. 13 34. i When God baptizeth inwardely with the vertue of his Spirit he burneth consumeth the vices and inflameth the heartes with loue towarde him k Which is the preaching of the Gospel whereby he ãâã the faithful as good corne ãâã the infideles as chaffe * Mar. 1. 9. * Luk 3. 22. Chap. 61 3. l We must reÌder perfit obedience to God in all things whiche he hathe ordeined Iohn 8. 39. act ãâã 26. m To shewe the state of his kingdome which is in all mekenes and lowlines * Chap. 17 5. 2. per. 1 17. Chap. 7 9. Mark 1. 8. luk 3 19. n The fauour of God restethon Iesus Christ that froÌ him it might be powredon vs whiche ãâã of our selues his wrath and indignation * Colo. 1 13. ioh ãâã 26. act 1 5 2 1 8. 5 9 4. Mark 1. 12. Luke 4. 1. a By the holye Gost. b To the ende that he oucrcoming these tentations myght get the victorie for vs. c Satan wolde haue Christ to ãâã God and his worde and folowe other strange and vnlawful meanes d He meaneth the ordre that God hath ordeined to maintein his creatures by Deu. 8. 3. e To wit ãâã â Or vane whiche shewed where the wind stode f He alledgeth but halfe the sen tence to deceiue thereby the rather cloke his craftie purpose Psal. 92. ãâã g We muste not leaue suche lawfull meanes as God hath appointed to seke others after our owne fantasie h In a vision Deut. 6 16. Deut. 6. 13. i The worde of God is the sword of the Spirite wherewith ãâã is ouercome k To coÌsort him Mark 1. 14. l And cast in prison by Herode m For so they cal led the lake of Gennesareth Luke 4. 14. Iohn 4. 43. n Christ hadde preached nowe ãâã a yere in Iudea and Sama ria and after went to preache in the vppermost Galile whyche was out of the borders of Palestina Isay. 9. 1. o Whyche was without coÌtort hathe receyued consolation p God hath chosen the weake thynges of the worlde ãâã confounde the migh tye Marke 1. 15. q To drawe theÌ out of the sea of this world wher in thei are drow ned Marke 1. 16. ãâã Corin. 1. 27. r VVe oght to be moste ready to followe Christe when he calleth leauing al world ly respects a part s That is the blessed tidyngs of forgiuenes of sinnes and recon ciliation wyth God t So that by healing incurable di seases Christs diwinitie appeared u They that were ãâã sicke at a certeine time of the moone x It was a countrey whercin was tene Cities as the worde signifieth a That ãâã theÌ selues voide of all righteousnes that thei may onely seeke it in Christ. Luke 6 20. b Whiche feele their owne miserie aÌd seke their comfort in God c Who rather wolde suffer all iniuries theÌ they wolde reuenge them selues Isay 61 ãâã d Being in ãâã desire nothing but that which is vpright and godlie luke 6 21. Psal. 73 11. e For he is called the God of peace 1. Cor. 14. 33. Psal. 24 4. 1. Pet. 3 14. 1. Pet. 4 4. act 5 41. Mar. 9 50. f Your office is to season ãâã with the salt of the heauenlie ãâã Iuke 14 14. Mar. 4 21. luke 8 16. ãâã 33. g Because you are sene farre of giue good exam ple of life 1 Pet. 2 12. h The Gospel is the stablishing accomplishing of the Law Luk. 16 17. Iam. 2 10. i The doctrine of the Law conteineth nothing vn profirable or superfluous k Who soeuer shal transgresse the least of the ãâã coÌmandements in worde and example he shal be cast out of the kingdom of God except it be pardoned him in Christ. Luk. 11 29. l Whiche nether expounde the Law truely nor obserue it wel m He ãâã how these worthie docters haue
intention semed good and necessarie and of Iosiah also who for greate considerations was moued for the defence of true Religion and his people to fight agaynste Pharaoh Necho Kyng of Egypt may sufficiently admonish vs. Laste of all moste gracioÌus Quene for the aduancement of this buyldyng and rearyng vp of the worke two things are necessarie First that we haue a lyuely and sted fast faith in Christ Iesus who must dwel in our heartes as the only meanes and assurance of our saluation for he is the ladder that reacheth from the earth to heauen he lifteth vp his Churche and setteth it in the hea uenly places he maketh vs lyuely stones and buildeth vs vpon him selfe he ioyneth vs to hym selfe as the membres and body to the head yea he maketh him selfe aÌd his Church one Christ. The next is that our faith bring forthe good fruites so that our godly conuersation may serue vs as a witnes to confirme our election and by an example to all others to walke as apperteyneth to the vocation whereunto they are called leste the worde of God be euill spoken of and this buyldyng be stayed to growe vp to a iuste heyght whiche can not be without the greate prouocation of Gods iuste vengeance and discouragyng of many thousandes through all the worlde if they shulde se that our life were notholy and agreable to our profession For the eyes of all that feare God in al places beholde your countreyes as an example to all that beleue and the prayers of all the godly at all tymes are directed to God for the preseruation of your maiestie For consideryng Gods wonderfull mercies towarde you at all seasons who hathe pulled you out of the mouth of the lyons and howe that from your youth you haue bene broght vp in the holy Scriptures the hope of all men is so increased that they can not but looke that God shulde bryng to passe some wonderful worke by your grace to the vniuersall comforte of hys Churche Therefore euen aboue strength you muste she we your selfe strong and bolde in Gods matters and thogh Satan lay all his power and crafte together to hurt and hinder the Lordes building yet be you assured that God will fight from heauen againste this great dragon the ancient serpent whiche is called the deuill and Satan till he haue accomplished the whole worke and made his Churche glorious to hym selfe without spot or wrincle For albeit all other kingdomes and monarchies as the Babylonians Persians Grecians and Romaines haue fallen and taken end yet the Churche of Christe euen vnder the Crosse hathe from the begynning of the worlde bene victorious and shal be euerlastyngly Trueth it is that sometyme it semeth to be shadowed with a cloude or driuen with a stormie persecution yet suddenly the beames of Christ the sunne of iustice shine and bryng it to light and libertie If for a tyme it lye couered with ashes yet it is quickely kindeled agayne by the wynde of Gods Spirit thogh it seme drowned in the sea or parched and pyned in the wildernes yet GOD giueth euer good successe for he punysheth enemyes and deliuereth hys nourisheth theÌ and still preserueth them vnder hys wyngs This Lord of Lordes and King of kings who hath euer defended his strengthen comfort and preserue your maiestie that you maye be able to builde vp the ruines of Gods house to hys glorie the discharge of your conscience and to the comfort of all them that loue the commyng of Christ Iesus our Lord. From Geneua 10. April 1561. TO OVR BELOVED IN THE LORD THE BRETHREN OF ENGLAND Scotland Ireland c. Grace mercie and peace through Christ Iesus BEsides the manifolde and continuall benefites whiche almyghtie God bestoweth vpon vs bothe corporall and spirituall we are especially bounde deare brethren to giue him thankes without ceasing for hys great grace and vnspeakable mercies in that it hathe pleased hym to call vs vnto this meruelous lyght of his Gospel and mercifully to regarde vs after so horrible back esliding and falling away from CHRIST to ANTICHRIST from lyght to darcknes from the liuing God to dumme and dead idoles and that after so cruell murther of Gods Saintes as alas hathe bene among vs we are not altogether cast of as were the Israelites and many others for the like or not so manifest wickednes but receiued againe to gra ce with moste euident signes and tokens of Gods especialloue and fauour To the intent therefore that we may not be vnmyndefull of these greate merecies but seke by all meanes accordyng to ourduetie to be thank efull for the same it behoueth vs so to walke in his feare and loue that all the dayes of our life we maye procure the glorie of his holy name Now forasmuche as thys th ing chefely is atteyned by the knollage and practising of the worde of God which is the light to our paths the keye of the kyngdome of heauen our comforte in affliction our shielde and sworde against Satan the schoole of all wisdome the glasse wherein we beholde Gods face the testimonie of his fauour and the only foode and nourishement of our soules we thoght that we colde bestowe our labours and studie in nothyng whiche colde be more acceptable to God and comfortable to his Church then in the translating of the holy Scriptures into our natiue tongue the which thing albeit that diuers heretofore haue indeuored to atchieue yet consideryng the infancie of those tymes and imperfect knollage of the tongues in respect of thys rype age and cleare light whiche God hath now reueiled the translations required greatly to be perused and reformed Not that we vendicat anything to our selues aboue the least of our brethren for God knoweth wyth what feare tremblyng we haue bene nowe for the space of two yeres more daye and nyght occupied herein but beyng earnestly desired and by diuers whose learnyng and godlines we reuerence exhorted and also incouraged by the ready willes of suche whose heartes God lyke wise touched not to spare any charges for the fortherance of suche a benefite and fauour of God towarde his Churche thogh the tyme then was moste dangerous and the persecution sharpe and furious we submitted our selues at length to their godly iudgementes and seing the great oportunitie and occasions whiche God presented vnto vs in this Church by rea son of so many godly and learned men and suche diuersities of translations in diuers tongues we vnder toke this great and wonderful worke with all reuerence as in the presence of God as intreating the worde of God whereunto we thinke ourselues vnsufficient whiche nowe God according to his diuine prouidence and mercie hath directed to a moste prosperous end And this we may with good conscience protest that we haue in euery point and worde accordyng to the measure of that knollage whiche it pleased almightie God to giue vs
faithfully rendred the text and in all hard places most syncerely expounded the same For God is our witnes that we haue by al meanes indeuored to set forthe the puritie of the worde and right sense of the holy Gost for the edifying of the brethren in faith and charitie Now as we haue chiefely obserued the sense and laboured alwayes to restore it to all integritie so haue we most reuerently kept the proprietie of the wordes considering that the Apostles who spake and wrote to the Gentiles in the Greke tongue rather constrayned them to the liuely phrase of the Ebrewe then entreprised farre by mollifying their langage to speake as the Gen tiles did And for this and other causes we haue in many places reserued the Ebrewe phrases notwithstanding that they may seme somewhat hard in their eares that are not wel practised and also delite in the swete sounding phrases of the holy Scriptures Yet lest ether the simple shulde be discouraged or the malicious haue any occasion of iust cauillation seing some translations read after one sort and some after another whereas all may serue to good purpose and edification we haue in the margent noted that diuersitie of speache or readyng whiche may also seme agreable to the mynde of the holy Gost and propre for our langage with this marke Againe where as the Ebrewe speache semed hardly to agre with ours we haue noted it in the margent after thys sorte vsing that whiche was more intelligible And albeit that many of the Ebrewe names be altered from the olde texte and restored to the true writing and first original whereof they haue their signification yet in the vsual names litle is changed for feare of troublyng the simple readers Moreouer whereas the necessitie of the sentence required any thyng to be added for suche is the grace and proprietie of the Ebrewe and Greke tongues that it can not but ether by circumlocution or by adding the verbe or some worde be vnderstand of them that are not wel practised therein we haue put in the text with another kynde of lettre that it may easely be discerned from the common lettre As touching the diuision of the verses we haue followed the Ebrewe examples which haue so euen from the beginnyng distinct theÌ Which thing as it ismoste profitable for memorie so doeth it agre with the best translations is moste easie to finde out both by the best Concordances and also by the cotations which we haue diligently herein perused and set forth by this starre* Besides this the principal matters are noted and distincted by this marke ¶ Yea and the arguments both for the booke and for the chapters with the nombre of the verse are added that by all meanes the reader might be holpen For the which cause also we haue set ouer the head of euery page some notable worde of sentence whiche may greatly further aswel for memorie as for the chief point of the page And considering how hard a thing it is to vnderstand the holy Scriptures aÌd what errors sectes heresies growe dailie for lacke of the true knollage thereof and how many are discouraged as they pretend because they can not atteine to the true aÌd simple meaning of the same we haue also indeuored bothe by the diligent reading of the best commentaries and also by the conference with the godly and learned brethren to gather brief annotations vpon all the hard places aswel for the vnderstanding of suche wordes as are obscure and for the declaration of the text as for the application of the same as may moste apperteine to Gods glorie and the edification of his Church Forthermore whereas certeyne places in the bookes of Moses of the Kings and Ezekiell semed so darke that by no description they colde be made easie to the simple reader we haue so set them forthe with figures and notes for the ful declaration thereof that they whiche can not by iudgement being holpen by the annotations noted by the lettres a b c c. atteyn thereunto yet by the perspectiue and as it were by the eye may sufficiently knowe the true meaning of all suche places Whereunto also we haue added certeyne mappes of Cosmographie which necessarely serue for the perfect vnderstanding and memorie of diuers places and countreys partely described and partely by occasion touched bothe in the olde and newe Testament Finally that nothing might lacke which might be boght by labors for the increase of knowlage and forthe rance of Gods glorie we haue adioyned two moste profitable tables the one seruing for the interpretation of the Ebrewe names and the other conteyning all the chefe and principal matters of the whole Bible so that nothing as we trust that any colde iustely desire is omitted Therefore as brethreÌ that are partakers of the same hope and saluatioÌ with vs we beseche you that this riche perle and inestimable treasure may not be offred in vayne but as sent from God to the people of God for the increase of his kingdome the comfort of his Churche and discharge of our conscience whome it hath pleased him to raise vp for this purpose so you wolde willingly receyue the worde of God earnestly studie it and in all your life practise it that you may now appeare in dede to be the people of God not walking any more according to this worlde but in the frutes of the Spirit that God in vs may be fully glorified through Christ Iesus our Lord who lyueth and reigneth for euer Amen From Geneua 10. April 1561. THE FIRST BOKE OF MOSES called Genesis THE ARGVMENT MOses in effect declareth the thing which are here chiefly to be considered First that the worlde al things therein were created by God and that man being placed in this great tabernacle of the worlde to beholde Gods wonderfull workes and to praise his Name for the infinite graces ãâã with he had endued him fel willingly from God through disobedience who yet for his owne mercies sake restored him to life and confirmed him in the same by his promes of Christ to come by whome he shulde ouercome Satan death and hel Secondely that the wicked vnmindefull of Gods moste excellent benefites remained still in their wickednes and so falling most horribly from sinne to sinne prouoked God who by his preachers called them continually to repentance at length to destroye the whole worlde Thirdly he assureth vs by the examples of AbrahaÌ Izhák Iakob and the rest of the Patriarkes that his mercies neuer faile them whome he chuseth to be his Churche and to professe his Name in earth but in all their afflictions and persecutions he euer ãâã them sendeth comforte and deliuereth them And because the beginning increase preseruation and successe thereof might be onely attributed to God Moses sheweth by the examples of Rain I shmaél Esaú and others which were noble in mans iudgement that this churche dependeth not on the estimacion and nobilitie of the worlde
the Priest shal value him according to the abilitie of him that vow ed so shal the Priest value him 9 And if it be a beast whereof men bring an offring vnto the Lord all that one giueth of suche vnto the Lord shal be holy 10 He shal not alter it nor change it a good for a bad nor a bad for a good and if he change beast for beast then both this that which was chaÌged for it shal be holy 11 And if it be anie vncleane beast of which men do not offer a sacrifice vnto the Lord he shal then present the beast before the Priest 12 And the Priest shal value it whether it be good or bad aÌd as thou valuest it which art the Priest so shal it be 13 But if he wil bie it againe then he shal giue the fift parte of it more aboue thy valuacion 14 ¶ Also wheÌ a maÌ shal dedicate his house to be holy vnto the Lord theÌ the Priest shall value it whether it be good or bad as the Priest shal prise it so shal the value be 15 But if he that sanctified it wil redeme his house then he shal giue therto the fift part of money more then thy estimacion and it shal be his 16 If also a man dedicate to the Lord anie grounde of his inheritaÌce then shalt thou esteme it according to the sede thereof an Homer of barlie sede shal be at fiftie shekels of siluer 17 If he dedicate his field immediately from the yere of Iubile it shal be worthe as thou doest estemeit 18 But if he dedicate his field after the Iubile then the Priest shal reken hym the money according to the yeres that remaine vnto the yere of Iubile and it shal be abbated by thy estimacion 19 And if he that dedicateth it wil redeme the field then he shal put the fift parte of the price that thou estemedst it at therenÌto and it shal remaine his 20 And if he wil not redeme the filed but the Priest sel the field to another man it shal be redemed no more 21 But the field shal be holie to the Lord when it goeth out in the Iubile as a filed separe te from commune vses the possession ther of shal be the Priests 22 If a maÌ also dedicate vnto the Lord a field which he hathe boght which is not of the grounde of his inheritance 23 Then the Priest shal set the price to him as * thou estemest it vnto the yere of Iubile and he shal giue thy price the same day as a thing holy vnto the Lord. 24 But in the yere of Iubile the field shal returne vnto him of whome it was boght to him I say whose inheritaÌce the laÌd was 25 And all thy valuacion shal be according to the skekel of * the Sanctuarie a shekel coÌ teineth twenty gerahs 26 ¶ * Notwithstanding the first borne of the beastes because it is the Lords first borne none shal dedicate suche be it bullocke or shepe for it is the Lords 27 But if it be an vncleane beast then he shal redeme it by thy valuacion and giue the fift parte more thereto if it be not rede med then it shal be solde according to thy estimacion 28 * NotwithstaÌding nothing separate froÌ the commune vse that a man doeth separate vnto the Lord of all that he hathe whether it be man or beast or land of his inheritance may be solde nor redemed for euerie thing separate from the commune vse is moste holy vnto the Lord. 29 Nothing separate from the coÌmune vse which shal be separate from man shal be redemed but dye the death 30 Also all the tithe of the laÌd bothe of the sede of the ground of the frute of the ãâã is the Lords it is holy to the Lord. 31 But if a man wil redeme anie of his tithe he shal adde the fift parte thereto 32 And euerie tithe of bullocke and of shepe and of all that goeth vnder the rod the tenth shal be holy vnto the Lord. 33 He shal not loke if it be good or bad nether shal he change it els if he change it bothe it and that it was changed with all shal be holy and it shal not be redemed 34 These are the commaÌdements which the Lord commanded by Mosés vnto the chil dren of Israel in mount Sinai THE FOVR THE BOKE OF Mosés called Nombers THE ARGVMENT FOrasmuche as God hathe appointed that his Church in this worlde shal be vnder the crosse bothe because they shulde learne not to put their trust in worldely things and also fele his comforte when all other helpe faileth he did not straight way bring his people after their departure out of Egypt into the land which he promised them but led them to and fro for the space of fourtie yeres and kept them in continual exercises before they enioyed it to trye their faith to teache them to forget the worlde and to depend on him VVhich tryal did greately profit to discerne the wicked and the hypocrites from the faithful and true seruants of God who serued him with pure heart where as the other preferring their carnal affections to Gods glorie and making religion to serue their purpose murmured when they lacked to content their lustes and despisest them whome God had appointed rulers ouer them By reason whereof they prouoked Gods terrible iudgements against them and are set forthe as a moste norable example for all ages to be ware how they abuse Gods worde preferre their owne lustes to his wil or despise his ministers Not withstanding God is euer true in his promes and gouerneth his by his holy Spirit that ether they fall not to suche inconueniences or els returne to him quickely by true repentance and therefore he continueth his graces toward them he giueth them ordinances and instructions aswel for religion as out ward policie he preserueth them against all craft and conspiracie and giueth them manifolde vi ctories against their enemies And to auoyd all controuersies that might arise he taketh away the occasions by diuiding among all the tribes bothe the land which they had wonne and that also which he had promised as semed best to his god lie wisdome CHAP. I. 1 Mosés and Aaron with the twelue princes of the tribes are commanded of the Lord to nomber them that are able to go to warre 49 The Leuites are exempted for the seruice of the Lord. 1 THe Lord spake agai ne vnto Mosés iÌ the wildernes of Sinai in the Tabernacle of the CoÌgregacioÌ in the first day of the seconde moneth in the seconde yere after they were come out of the land of Egypt saying 2 * Take ye the summe of all the CongregacioÌ of the children of Israel after their familiers housholdes of their fathers with the noÌber of their names to with all the
twise and one seeth it not 15 In ãâã and visions of the night wheÌ slepe falleth vpon men and they slepe vpon their beddes 16 Then he openeth the eares of men euen by their corrections which he had sealed 17 That he might cause man to turne away from his enterprise that he might hide the pride of man 18 And kepe backe his soule from the pit and that his shulde not passe by the sworde 19 He is also striken with sorow vpon his bed and the grief of his bones is sore 20 So that his life causeth him to abhorre bread and his soule daintie meat 21 His flesh faileth that it can not be sene his bones which were not sene clatter 22 So his soule draweth to the graue and his life to the buriers 23 If there be a messenger with him or an interpreter one of a thousand to declare vnto man his righteousnes 24 Then wil he haue mercie vpon him and wil saie Deliuer him that he go not dow ne into the pit for I haue receiued a recoÌciliation 25 Then shal his flesh be as fresh as a childs ãâã returne as in the daies of his youth 26 He shal pray vnto God and he wil be fauou rable vnto him and he shal se his face with ioy for he wil rendre vnto man his righteousnes 27 He loketh vpon men and if one say I haue sinned and peruerted righteousnes it did not profit me 28 He wil deliuer his soule from going into the pit and his life shal se the light 29 Lo all these things wil God worke twise or thrise with a man 30 That he may turne backe his soule from the pit to be illuminate in the light of the liuing 31 ãâã wel ô Iob and heare me kepe ãâã and I wil speake 32 If there be matter answer me speake for I desire to iustifie thee 33 If thou hast not heare me holde thy tongue and I wil teache thee wisdome CHAP. XXXIIII 5 Elihú chargeth Iob that he called him selfe righteous 12 He sheweth that God is iust in his iudgements 24 God destroyeth the mightie 30 By him the hypocrite reigneth 1 MOreouer Elihú answered and said 2 Heare my wordes ye wise men and hearkeÌ vnto me ye that haue knouledge 3 For the eare tryeth the wordes as the mouth tasteth meat 4 Let vs seke iudgement among vs and let vs knowe among our selues what is good 5 For Iob hathe said I am righteous and God hathe taken away my iudgement 6 Shulde I lye in my right my wounde of the arowe is grieuous without my sinne 7 What man is like Iob that drinketh scor nefulnes like water 8 Which goeth in the companie of them that worke iniquitie and walketh with wicked men 9 For he hathe said h It profiteth a man no thing that he shulde walke with God 10 Therefore hearken vnto me ye men of wisdome GOD forbid that wickednes shulde be in God and iniquitie in the Almightie 11 For he wil rendre vnto man according to his worke and cause euerie one to finde ac cording to his way 12 And certeinly God wil not do wickedly nether wil the Almightie peruert iudgement 13 Whome * hathe he appointed ouer the beside him ãâã or who hathe placed the whole worlde 14 If he set his heart vppon man and gather vnto himself his spirit his breath 15 All flesh shal perish together and man shal returne vnto dust 16 And if thou hast vnderstanding heare this and hearken to the voyce of my wordes 17 Shal he that hateth indgement gouerne and wilt thou iudge him wicked that is moste iust 18 Wilt thou say vnto a King thou art wicked or to princes Ye are vngodlie 19 How muche lesse to him that accepteth not the persones of princes and regardeth not the riche more theÌ the poore for thei be all the worke of his hands 20 They shal dye sodenly and the people shal be troubled at midnight they shal passe forthe and take away the mightie without hand 21 For his eyes are vpon the wayes of man and he seeth all his goings 22 There is no darkenes nor shadowe of death that the workers of iniquitie might be hid therein 23 For he wil not lay on man so muche that he shulde entre into ãâã with God 24 He shal break the mightie without sekiÌg and shal set vp other in their steade 25 Therefore shal he declare their sworkes he shal turne the night and they shal be destroyed 26 He striketh them as wicked men in the pla ces of the seers 27 Because they haue turned backe from him and wolde not consider all his waies 28 So that they haue caused the voyce of the poore come vnto him he hathe heard the crye of the afflicted 29 And when he giueth quietnes who can make trouble and when he hideth his face who can beholde him whether it be vpon nacions or vpon a man onely 30 Because the hypocrite doeth reigne because the people are snared 31 Surely it apperteineth vnto God z to say I haue pardoned I wil not destroye 32 But if I se not teache thou me if I haue done wickedly I wil do no more 33 Wil he performe the thing through thee for thou haste reproued it because that thou hast choseÌ not I now speake what thou knowest 34 Let men of vnderstanding tel me and let a wise man hearken vnto me 35 Iob hathe not spokeÌ of knowledge nether were his wordes according to wisdome 36 I desire that Iob may be tryed vnto the end touching the answers for wicked meÌ 37 For he addeth rebellion vnto his sinne he clappeth his hands among vs and multiplieth his wordes against God CHAP. XXXV 6 Nether doeth godlines profite or vngodlines hurt God but man 18 The wicked crye vnto God and are not heard 1 ELihú spake moreouer and said 2 ThiÌkest thou this right that thou hast said I am more righteous then God 3 For thou hast said What profiteth it the and what auaileth it me to purge me from my sinne 4 Therefore wil I answer thee and thy coÌ panions with thee 5 Loke vnto the heauen and se and beholde the cloudes which are hierthen thou 6 If thou sinnest what doest thou against him yea when thy sinnes be many what doest thou vnto him 7 If thou be righteous what giuest thou vnto him or what receiueth he at thine hand 8 Thy wickednes may hurt a man as thou art thy rigteousnes may profite the sonne of man 9 They cause many that are oppressed to crye which crye out for the violeÌce of the mightie 10 But none saith Where is God that made me which giueth songsin the night 11 Which teacheth
susteined me 6 I wil not be afrayed for ten thousand of the people that shulde beset me round about 7 O Lord arise helpe me my God for thou hast smitten all mine enemies vpon the cheke bone thou hast broken the teeth of the wicked 8 Saluacion belongeth vnto the Lord thy ãâã is vpon thy people Sélah PSAL. IIII. 1 When Saúl persecuted him he called vpon God trusting moste assuredly in his ãâã and therefore boldely reproueth his enemies who wilfully resisted his dominion 7 And finally ãâã the fauour of God before all worldelie ãâã ¶ To him that excelleth on NeginoÌth A Psalme of Dauid 1 HEare me when I call ô God of my righ teousnes thou hast set me at libertie when I was in distres haue mercie vpon me and heark en vnto my prayer 2 ãâã sonnes of men how long wil my turne my glorie into shame louing vanitie seking lyes Sélah 3 For be ye sure that the Lord hathe chosen to him self a godlie man the Lord wil heare when I cal vnto him 4 Tremble and sinne not examine your owne heart vpoÌ your bed and be stil Séláh 5 Offer the sacrifices of righteousnes trust in the Lord. 6 Manie saye Who wil shew vs anie good but Lord lift vp the light of thy countenaÌce vpon vs. 7 Thou hast giuen me more ioye of heart theÌ they haue had when their wheat and their wine did abunde 8 I wil laye me downe also slepe in peace for thou Lord onely makest me dwel in sauetie PSAL. V. 1 Dauid oppressed with the crueltie of his enemies and fea ãâã greater dangers calleth to God for succour shewing ãâã requisite it is that God shulde punish the ãâã of his ãâã 7 After being assured of prosperous succes he ãâã comfort 12 CoÌcluding that when God shal deliuer him others also shal be ãâã of the same mercies ¶ To him that excelleth vpon Nehilóth A ãâã of Dauid 1 HEare my wordes ô Lord vnderstand my meditacion 2 Hearken vnto the voice of my crye my King and my God for vnto thee do I praye 3 He are ãâã voyce in the morning ò Lord for in the morning will I direct me vnto thee and I wil wait 4 For thou art not a God that loueth wicked nes nether shal euil dwel with thee 5 The foolish shal not stand in thy sight for thou hatest all them that worke iniquitie 6 Thou shalt destroy them that speake lyes the Lord wil ab horre the bloodlie man and deceitful 7 But I wil come into thine house in the mul titude of thy mercie and in thy feare wil I worship towarde thine holie Temple 8 Lead me ô Lord in thy righteousnes becau se of mine enemies make thy ãâã plaine before my face 9 For no coÌstancie is in their mouth within they are very corruption their * throte is all open sepulchre they ãâã with their tongue 10 Destroye them ô God let them fall from their counsels cast them out for the multitu de of their iniquities because they haue rebelled against thee 11 And let all them that trust in thee reioyce and triumphe for euer and couer thou them and let them that loue thy Name reioyce in thee 12 For thou Lorde wilt blesse the righteous and with fauour wilt compas him as with a shield PSAL. VI. 1 When Dauid by his sinnes had prouoked Gods wrath and now e felt not onely his hand against hym ãâã also conceiued the horrors of death euerlastyng he desireth forgiuen es 6 Bewailing that if God toke hym awaye in his indignation he shulde lacke occasion to praise hym as ãâã was ãâã to do whiles he was among men 9 Then suddenly selyng Gods mercye he sharpely rebuketh hys enemies whiche reioyced in his affliction ¶ To hym that excelleth on Neginóth vpon the eight tune APsalme of Dauid 1 O Lorde * rebuke me not in thine angre nether chastise me in thy wrath 2 Haue mercie vpon me ô Lorde for I am weake ô Lorde heale me for my bones are vexed 3 My soule is also sore troubled but Lorde how long wilt thou delay 4 Returne ô Lorde deliuer my soule saue me for thy mercies sake 5 For in death there is no remembrance of thee in the graue who shall praise thee 6 I fainted in my mournyng I cause my bed euery night to swimme and water my couche with my teares 7 Mine eye is dimmed for despite and sunke in because of all mine enemies 8 A waie frome me all ye workers of iniquitie for the Lorde hathe heard the voyce of my weping 9 The LORD hathe heard my peticion the Lord wil receiue my prayer 10 All mine enemies shal be confounded and sore vexed they shal be turned backe and put to shame suddenly PSAL. VII 1 Being falsely accused by Chush our of Sauls kinsemen he calleth to God to be hys defender 2 To whome he commendeth his innocencie 9 First shewyng that hys conscience did not accuse him of anie euil toward Saul 10 Next that it touched Gods glorie to ãâã sentence against the wicked 12 And so entryng into the consideration of Gods mercies and promes ãâã waxeth bolde and derideth the vayne enterprises of hys enemies 16 ãâã nyng that it shall fall on their owne necke that whiche they haue purposed for others ¶ ShigaioÌn of Dauid which he sang vnto the Lord concernyng the wordes of * Chush the sonne of Iemini 1 O Lorde my God in thee I put my trust saue me from all that persecute me and deliuer me 2 Lest he deuoure my soule lyke a lyon and teare it in pieces while there is none to helpe 3 O Lord my God if I haue done this thing if there be anie wickednes in myne hands 4 If I haue rewarded euill vnto hym that had peace with me yea I haue deliuered hym that vexed me without cause 5 Then let the enemie ãâã my soule and take it yea let hym treade my life do wne vpon the earth and laymine honour in the dust Sélah 6 Arise ô Lorde in thy wrath and lift vp thy selfe against the rage of myne enemies and a wake for me accordyng to the iudgement that thou hast appointed 7 So shal the CoÌgregacion of the people compasse thee about for their sak es therefore returne on hie 8 The Lord shaliudge the people iudge thou me ô Lord according to my righteousnes and according to mine innocencie that is in me 9 Oh let the malice of the wicked come to an end but guide thou the iust for the ryghteous God tryeth the hearts and reines 10 My defence is in GOD who preserueth the vpright in heart 11 God iudgeth the righteous and hym that contemneth God euerie day 12 Except he turne he hathe whet
cruelly persecute Dauid against whome he praieth God to pleade and to ãâã his cause 8 That thev maye be taken in theyr nets and snares which thei laied ãâã him that his innocencie maye be declared 26 And that the innocent whiche taketh parte with him ãâã ãâã and praise the Name of the Lord that thus ãâã his seruant 28 And so he promiseth to speake forthe the iustice of the Lord and to ãâã his Name all the dayes of his life ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 PLeade thou my cause ô Lord with theÌ that ãâã with me fight thou agaynst them that fight against me 2 Laie hand vpon the ãâã and buckler and stand vp for ãâã helpe 3 Bring out also the ãâã and stoppe the waie against them that persecuteme saie vnto my soule I am thy saluacion 4 Let them be confounded put to shame that seke after my soule let theÌ be turned backe and broght to confusion that imagine mine hurt 5 Let them be as chaffe before the winde let the Angel of the Lord scater theÌ 6 Let their waie be ãâã and slipperie and let the Angel of the Lord persecute them 7 For without cause they haue hid the pit and their net for me without cause haue they digged a pit for my soule 8 ãâã destruction come vppon hym at ãâã and let his net that he hathe laied ãâã take him ãâã him fall into the ãâã destruction 9 ãâã my soule shal be ioyfull in the Lord ãâã reioyce in his saluacion 10 All my bones shal saie Lord who is like ãâã ãâã which deliuerest the poore from him that is to stroÌg for himlyea the poore and him that is in miserie frome hym that spoileth him 11 ãâã ãâã did rise vp thei asked of methings that I knewe not 12 They rewarded me euill for good to haue spoiled my soule 13 Yet I when thei were sicke I was clothed with a sacke I humbled my ãâã ãâã ãâã and my praier was ãâã vpon ãâã bosome 14 I behaued my ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to my brother ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã 15 ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and I ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã 16 ãâã ãâã ãâã bakets ãâã ãâã ãâã againstme 17 ãâã ãâã long wilt thou beholde this ãâã my ãâã from their tumulte eueÌ my ãâã soule from the lions 18 So wil I giue thee thaÌkes in a ãâã CoÌgregacion I wil praise thee among muche people 19 Let not them that are mine enemies ãâã reioyce ouerme nether let them winke with the eye that hate me without a cause 20 For they speake not as friendes but they imagine ãâã words against the ãâã of the land 21 And they gaped on me with their mouthes saying Aha aha our eye hath sene 22 Thou hast sene it ô Lord kepe not sileÌce be not farre from me ô Lord. 23 Arise and wake to my iudgement euen to my cause my God and my Lord. 24 Iudge me ô Lord my God accordynge to thy righteousnes and let them not reioyce ouer me 25 Let them not saye in their heartes O our soule reioyce nether let them saye We haue deuoured him 26 Let them be confounded put to shame together that reioyce at mine hurt let them be clothed with confusioÌ shame that lift vp them selues against me 27 But let them be ioyfull and glad that loue my ryghteousnes yea let them saye alwaie Let the Lord be magnified whiche loueth the prosperitie of his seruant 28 And my tongue shal vtter thy righteousnes and thy praise euerie day PSAL. XXXVI 1 The Prophet gricuously vexed by the wicked doeth coÌplaine of their malicious wickednes 6 Then he turneth to consider the vnspeakable goodnes of God towardes all creatures 9 But specially towards his children that by the faith thereof he maye be comforted assured of hys deliuerance by this ordinarie course of Gods worke 13 who in the ende destroyeth the wicked and ãâã the iuste ¶ To him that excelleth A Psal. of Dauid the seruant of the Lord. 1 WIckednes saieth to the wicked man cueÌ in mine heart that there is no feare of God before his eyes 2 For he flattereth hym selfe in hys owne eyes while his iniquitie is found worthie to be hated 3 The wordes of his mouthe are iniquitie and deceite he hathe left of to vnderstand and to do good 4 He imagineth mischief vpon his bed he setteth him selfe vpon a waie that is not good and doeth not abhorre euil 5 Thy mercie ô Lord reacheth vnto the heauens and thy faithfulnes vnto the cloudes 6 Thy righteousnes is like the mightye mountaines thy iudgements are like a great deepe thou Lord doest saue man beast 7 How excellent is thy mercie ô God! therfore the children of men truste vnder the shadowe of thy wings 8 They shal be satisfied with the fatnes of thine house and thou shalt giue theÌ drinke out of the riuer of thy pleasures 9 For with thee is the well of life in thy light shal we se light 10 Extend thy louing kindenes vnto them that knowe thee and thy ryghteousnes ãâã them that are vpright in heart 11 Let not the fote of pride come agaynste me and let not the hand of the wicked meÌ moue me 12 There they are fallen that worke iniquitie they are cast downe and shal not be able to rise PSAL. XXXVII 1 This Psalme conteineth exhortation and consolatioÌ for the weake that are grieued at the prosperitie of the wicked and the affliction of the godlie 7 For how prosperously soeuer the wicked do liue for the time he doeth affirme their felicitie to be vaine and transitorie because they are not in the fauour of God but in the end they are destroyed as his enemies 11 And how miserably that the righteous semeth to liue in the world yet his end is peace and he is in the fauour of God he is deliuered frome the wicked and preserued ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 FReate not thy self because of the wicked men nether be enuious for the euil doers 2 For they shall soone be cut downe like grasse and shal wither as the grene herbe 3 Trust thou in the Lord and do good dwel in the land thou shalt be fed assuredly 4 And delite thy self in the Lord and he shal giue thee thine hearts desire 5 Commit thy waye vnto the Lord trust in him and he shal bring it to passe 6 And he shal bring forthe thy righteousnes as the light and thy iudgement as the noone daye 7 Waite paciently vpon the Lord and hope in him freat not thy self for him whiche prospereth in his way nor for the maÌthat bringeth his entreprises to passe 8 Cease from angre leaue of wrath freat not thy selfe also to do euil 9 For euil doers shal be
aloude vnto the rocke of our saluacion 2 Let vs come before his face with prayse let vs sing loude vnto him with psalmes 3 For the Lord is a great God and a greate King ãâã all gods 4 In whose hand are the depe places of the earth and the heights of the mountaines are his 5 To whome the sea belongeth for he made it and hys handes formed the drye land 6 Come let vs worship and fall downe and ãâã before the Lord our maker 7 For he is our God and we are the people of his pasture and the shepe of his hand to daie if ye wil heare his voice 8 Harden not your heart as in ãâã and as in the daye of Massáh in the wildernes 9 Where your fathers tempted me proued me thogh thei had sene my worke 10 Fortie yeres haue I contended with this generacion and said Thei are a people that erre in heart for thei haue not knoweÌ my wayes 11 Wherefore I sware in my wrath saying Surely they shal not enter into my rest PSAL. XCVI 1 An exhortation bothe to the Iewes and GeÌtiles to praise God for his mercie And this specially ought to be referred to the kingdome of Christ. 1 SIng vnto the Lord a newe song sing vnto the Lord all the earth 2 ãâã vnto the Lord and praise his Name declare his saluacion from daie to daie 3 Declare his glorie among all nations his wonders among all people 4 For the Lord is great and muche to be praised he is to be feared aboue all gods 5 For all the gods of the people are idols but the Lord made the heauen 6 Strength and glorye are before hym power and beautie are in his Sanctuarie 7 Giue vnto the Lord ye families of the people giue vnto the Lord glorie and power 8 Giue vnto the Lord the glorie of his name bring an offring and entre into his courtes 9 Worship the Lord in the glorious SaÌctuarie tremble before him all the earth 10 Saie among the nations The Lord reigneth surely the worlde shal be stable and not moue and he shal iudge the people in righteousnes 11 Let the heauens reioyce and let the earth be glad let the sea roare and all that therein is 12 Let the field be ioyful and all that is in it let all the trees of the wood then reioyce 13 Before the Lorde for he commeth for he commeth to iudge the earth he wil iudge the worlde with right cousnes the people in his trueth PSAL. XCVII 1 The Prophet exhorteth all to reioyce for the comming of the kingdome of Christ. 7 Dreadful to the rebels and idolaters 8 And ioyful to the iust whome he exhorteth to innocencie 12 To reioycing and thankesgiuing 1 THe Lord reigneth let the earth reioy ce let the multitude of theyles be glad 2 Cloudes and darkenes are round about him righteousnes and iudgemeÌt are the fundation of his throne 3 There shall go a fyer before him burne vp his enemies round about 4 His lightnings gaue light vnto the world the earth sawe it and was afraid 5 The mountaines melted like waxe at the presence of the Lord at the presence of the Lord of the whole earth 6 The heauens declare his righteousnes all the people se his glorie 7 Confounded be all thei that serue graueÌ images and that glorie in idoles worship him allye gods 8 Zión heard of it and was glad and the daughters of Iudáh reioyced because of thy iudgements ô Lord. 9 For thou Lord arte moste high aboue all the earth thou art muche exalted aboue all gods 10 Ye that loue the Lord hate euil he preserueth the soules of his Saints he will deliuer them from the hand of the wicked 11 Light is sowen for the righteous ioye for the vpright in heart 12 Reioyce ye righteous in the Lord giue thankes for his holie remembrance PSAL. XCVIII 1 An earnest exhortation to all creatures to praise the Lord for his power mercie and fidelitie in his promes by Christ 10 By whome he hathe communicated his saluacioÌ to all nations ¶ A Psalme 1 SIng vnto the Lord a new song for he hath done maruelous things * his right hand and his holie arme haue gotteÌ him the victorie 2 The Lord declared his saluatioÌ his righteousnes hathe he reueiled in the sight of the nations 3 He hathe remembred his mercie and hys trueth towarde the house of Israél all the ends of the earth haue sene the saluation of our God 4 All the earth singye loude vnto the Lord crye out and reioyce and sing praises 5 Sing praise to the Lord vpon the harpe euen vpoÌ the harpe with a singing voice 6 With shalmes and sounde of trumpets sing loude before the Lord the King 7 Let the sea roare all that the rein is the worlde and thei that dwell therein 8 Let the floods clap their hands let the mountaines reioyce together 9 Before the Lord for he is come to iudge the earth with righteousnes shal he iudge the worlde and the people with equitie PSAL. XCIX 1 He commandeth the power equitie and excelleÌcie of the kingdome of God by Christ ouer the Iewes and ãâã ãâã And prouoketh them to magnifie the same and to serue the Lord 6 Following the ãâã of the ancient Fathers Mosés Aarón Samuél who calling vpon God were heard ãâã their praiers 1 THe Lord reigneth let the people treÌble he sitteth betwene the * Cherubims let the earth be moued 2 The Lord is greate in Zión and he is high aboue all the people 3 Thei shal praise thy greate and fearefull Name for it is holie 4 And the Kings power that loueth iudgemeÌt for thou hast prepared equitie thou hast execute diudgement and iustice in IaakoÌb 5 Exalt the Lord our God and fall downe before his fotestole for he is holie 6 Mosés and Aarón were among his Priests and Samuél among suche as call vpon his Name these called vpon the Lord and he heard them 7 He spake vnto them in the cloudie piller thei kept his testimonies and the Lawe that he gaue them 8 Thou heardest them ô Lord our God thou wast a fauourable God vnto them thogh thou didest take vengeance for theyr inuentions 9 Exalt the Lord our GOD and fall downe before his holie Mountaine for the Lord our God is holie PSAL. C. 1 He exhorteth all to serue the Lord. 3 who hathe chosen vs and preserued vs. 4 And to entre into his assemblies to praise his Name ¶ A Psalme of praise 1 SIng ye loude vnto the Lord all the earth 2 Serue the Lord with gladnes come before him with ioyfulnes 3 Knowe ye that euen the Lord is GOD he hathe made vs and not we our selues we are his
smite him in his seuen streames aÌd cause men to walke therein with shoes 16 And there shal be a path to the remnant of his people whiche are left of Asshur like as it was vnto Israél in the day that he came vp out of the land of Egypt CHAP. XII A thankesgiuing of the faithful for the mercies of God 1 ANd thou shalt say in that day O Lord I wil prayse thee thogh thou wast angrie with me thy wrath is turned away and thou comfortest me 2 Beholde God is my saluacion I wil trust and wil not feare for the Lord God is * my strength and song he also is become my saluacion 3 Therfore with ioy shalye drawe waters out of the welles of saluacion 4 And ye shal say in that day Praise the Lord call vpon hys Name ãâã hys workes among the people make mention of them for his Name ix exalted 5 Sing vnto the Lord for he hathe done excellent things this is knowen in all the worlde 6 Crye out and shoute ô in habitant of Zion for greate is the holy one of Israél in the middes of thee CHAP. XIII The Medes and Persians shal destroye Babylon 1 THe burden of Babél whiche Isaiah the sonne of Amóz did se. 2 Lift vp a standard vpon the hie mountaine lifte vp the voyce vnto them wagge the hand that they may go into the gates of the nobles 3 I haue commanded them that I haue sancti fied and I haue called the myghtie to my wrath aÌd theÌ that reioyce in my glorie 4 The noyse of a multitude is in the mountaines like a great people a tumultuous voy ce of the kyngdomes of the nacions gathered together the Lorde of hostes nombreth the hoste of the battel 5 They come frome a farre countrey frome the end of the heauen euen the Lord with the weapons of hys wrath to destroye the whole land 6 Howle you for the daye of the Lord is at hande it shall come as a destroyer from the Almightie 7 Therefore shal all hands be weakened and all mans hearts shal melt 8 And they shal be afrayed anguish and sorow shal take them and they shal haue peine as a woman that trauaileth euerie one shal be amased at his neighbour and their faces shal be like flames of fyre 9 Beholde the daye of the Lorde cometh cruel with wrath and fierce angre to lay the land waste and he shall destroy the sinners out of it 10 For the starres of heauen and the planets thereof shal not giue their lyght the sunne shal be darkened in his going for the and the moone shal not cause her light to shine 11 And I will visite the wickednes vpon the worlde and their iniquitie vpon the wicked and I wil cause the arrogaÌcie of the proude to cease and ãâã caste downe the pryde of tyrants 12 I will make a man more precious then fine golde euen a man aboue the wedge of gold of Ophir 13 Therfore I wil shake the heauen and the earth shall remoue out of her place in the wrath of the Lorde of hostes and in the day of his fierce angre 14 And it shal be as a chased doe and as a shepe that no man taketh vp euerie man shal turne to his owne people and flee eche one to his owne land 15 Euerie one that is founde shal be striken through and who soeuer ioyneth hym selfe shal fall by the sworde 16 * Their children also shal be broken in pie ces before their eyes their houses shal be spoiled and their wiues rauished 17 Beholde I will stirre vp the Medes against them whiche shall not regarde siluer nor be desirous of golde 18 With bowes also shal they destroye the chil dren and shal haue no compassion vpon the frute of the wombe and their eyes shal not spare the children 19 And Babél the glorie of kingdome the beau tie and pride of the ChaldeaÌs shal be as the destructioÌ of God * in Sodome Gomorah 20 It shall not be inhabited for euer nether shal it be dwelled in from generacion to generacion nether shall the Arabian pitche his tentsthere nether shal the shepherdes make their foldes there 21 But Ziim shallodge there and their houses shal be ful of Ohim Ostriches shall dwell there and the Satyrs shall dance there 22 And ãâã shall crye in their palaces and dra gons in their pleasant palaces and the time there of is readie to come and the dayes ther of shal not be prolonged CHAP. XIIII 1 The returne of the people from captiuitie 4 The derision of the King of Babylon 11 The death of the Kyng 29 The destruction of the Philistims 1 FOr the Lord wil haue compassion of Iaa kob and wil yet chuse Israél and cause them to rest in their owne land and the stran ger shal ioyne him self vnto them and they shal cleaue to the house of ãâã 2 And the people shall receiue theÌ and bryng them to their owne place and the house of Israél shall possesse them in the lande of the Lord for seruants and handmaids and they shal take theÌ prisoners whose captiues they were and haue rule ouer their oppressors 3 ¶ And in that day when the Lord shall giue thee rest from thy sorowe and ãâã thy feare and from the sore bondage wherein thou didest serue 4 Then shalt thou take vp thys prouerbe against the King of Babél and say How hath the oppressor ceased and the golde thirstie Babél rested 5 The Lord hathe broken the rod of the wicked and the sceptre of the rulers 6 Which smote the people in angrie with a coÌ tinual plague aÌd ruled the natioÌs in wrath if anie were persecuted he did not let 7 The whole worlde is at rest and is quiet they sing forioye 8 Also the fyrre trees reioyced of thee and the cedres of LebanoÌ saying since thou art laide downe no he wer came vp against vs. 9 Hell beneth is moued for thee to mete thee at thy commyng raysing vp the dead for thee euen all the princes of the earth and hathe raysed frome their thrones all the Kings of the nacions 10 All they shall crye and say vnto thee Art thou become weake also as we art thou become like vnto vs 11 Thy pompe is broght downe to the graue and the sounde of thy violes the worme is spread vnder thee and the wormes couer thee 12 How art thou fallen from heauen ô Lucifer sonne of the morning cut downe to the grounde which didest cast lottes vpon the nations 13 Yet thou saidest in thine heart I wil ascend into heauen and exalt my throne aboue beside the starres of God I wil sit also vpon the mount of the Congregation in the sides of the North. 14 I wil ascend aboue the height of the cloudes and
vncircumcised and the vncleane 2 Shake thy self from the dust arise and sit downe ô Ierusalém loose the bandes of thy necke ô thou captiuitie daughter Zion 3 For thus saith the Lorde Ye were solde for naught therefore shal ye be redemed without money 4 For thus saith the Lorde God My people went downe afore tyme into Egypt to soiourne there and Asshur oppressed them without cause 5 Now therefore what haue I here sayth the Lorde that my people is taken away for naught and they that rule ouer them make them to howle saith the Lord and my Name all the day continually is blasphemed 6 Therfore my people shal knowe my Name therefore they shal knowe in that day that I am he that do speake beholde it is I. 7 How beautiful vpon the montaines are the fete of him that declareth and publisheth peace that declareth good tidings and publisheth saluacion saying vnto Zión Thy God reigneth 8 The voice of thy watchemeÌ shal be heard they shal lift vp their voyce and shout together for they shall se eye to eye when the Lord shal bring againe Zion 9 O ye desolate places of Ierusalém be glad and reioyce together for the Lorde hathe comforted hys people he hathe redemed Ierusalém 10 The Lorde hathe made bare hys holy arme in the sight of all the Gentiles and all the ends of the earth shalse the saluacion of our God 11 Departe departe ye go out from thence and touche no vncleane thing go out of the middes of her be ye cleane that beare the vessels of the Lord. 12 For ye shall not go out with hast nor departe by fleing away but the Lord wil go be fore you and the God of Israél wil gather you together 13 Beholde my seruant shal prosper he shal be exalted and extolled and be very hie 14 As manie were astonied at thee his visage was so deformed of men and his forme of the sonnes of men so shall he sprincle manie nations the Kings shal shut their mouthes at hym for that whiche had not bene tolde them ãâã they se and that which they had not heard shal they vnderstand CHAP. LIII 1 Of Christ and his kingdome whose worde fewe will beleue 6 All men are sinners 11 Christ is our righteousnes 12 And is dead for our sinnes 1 WHo will beleue our reporte and to whome is the arme of the Lorde reueiled 2 But he shal growe vp before him as a braÌche and as a roote out of a drye grounde he hathe nether forme nor beautie when we shall se hym there shal be no forme that we shulde desire him 3 He is despised and reiected of men he is a man ful of sorows and hathe experience of infirmities we hid as it were our faces from him he was dispised aÌd we estemed him not 4 Surely he hathe borne our infirmities aÌd caried our sorowes yet we did iudge him as plagued and smitten of God and humbled 5 But he was wonded for our transgressions he was broken for our iniquities the chastisement of our peace was vpon hym and with his stripes we are healed 6 All we like shepe haue gone astraie we haue turned cuerie one to hys owne way and the Lorde hathe layed vpon hym the iniquitie of vs all 7 He was oppressed and he was afflicted yet did he not open his mouth he is broght as a shepe to the slaughter and as a shepe before her shearer is dumme so he openeth not his mouth 8 He was taken out from prison and frome iudgement and who shall declare hys age for he was cut out of the land of the liuyng for the transgression of my people was he plagued 9 And he made his graue with the wicked with the riche in his death thogh he had done no wickednes nether was anie decei te in his mouth 10 Yet the Lord wolde breake him and make him subiect to infirmites when he shal make his soule an offring for sinne he shalse his sede and shal prolong his daies the wil of the Lord shal prosper in his hand 11 He shalse of the trauaile of his soule and shal be satisfied by his knowledge shal my righteous seruant iustifie manie for he shal beare their iniquities 12 Therefore wil I giue him a portion with the great and he shal deuide the spoyle with the strong because he hathe powred out his soule vnto death and he was counted with the transgressers and he bare the sinne of many and prayed for the trespassers CHAP. LIIII 1 Mo of the Gentiles shal beleue the Gospel then of the Iewes 7 God leaueth his for a time to ãâã afterward he sheweth mercie 1 REioyce ô baren that didest not beare breake forthe into ioye reioyce thou that didest not trauaile with childe for the desolate hathe mo children then the maried wife saith the Lord. 2 Enlarge the place of thy ãâã and let theÌ spread out the curtaines of thine habitacioÌs spare not stretch out thy cordes and make faste thy stakes 3 For thou shalt increase on the right hand on the left and thy sede shal possesse the GeÌtiles and dwell in the desolate cities 4 Feare not for thou shalt not be ashamed ne ther shalt thou be coÌfounded for thou shalt not be put to shame ye a thou shalt forget the shame of thy youth shalt not remember the reproche of thy wid dowhead aniemore 5 For he that made thec is thi ãâã and whose Name is the Lord of hostes and thy redemer the holie one of Israél ãâã called the God of the whole worlde 6 For the Lord hathe called thee being as a woman forsaken and afflicted in ãâã and as a yong wife when thou wast refused saith thy God 7 For allitle while haue I forsaken thee but with great compassion wil I gather thee 8 For a momeÌt in mine angre I hid my face from thee for a litle season but with euer lasting mercie haue I had compassioÌ on thee saith the Lord thy redemer 9 For this is vnto me as the waters of Noáh for as I haue sworne that the waters of Noáh shulde no more go ouer the earth so haue I sworne that I wolde not be angrie with thee nor rebuke thee 10 For the mountaines shal remoue and the ãâã shal sall downe but my mercie shal not depart from thee nether shal the couenant of my peace fall away saith the Lord that ha the compassion on thee 11 O thou afflicted and tossed with tempest that hast no comfort beholde I wil lay thy stones with the carbuncle and lay thy fundacion with saphirs 12 And I wil make thy windowes of emeraudes and thy gates shining stones and all thy borders of pleasant stones 13 And all thy children shal be
the time which is long may be shortened the kingdome is already prepared for you watche 14 Take heauen and earth to witnes for I haue abolished the euil and created the good for I liue saith the Lord. 15 Mother embrace thy children and bring them vp with gladnes make their fete as fast as a piller for I haue chosen thee saith the Lord. 16 And those that be dead wil I raise vp from their places and bring them out of the graues for I haue knowen my Name in Israél 17 Feare not thou mother of the children for I haue chosen thee saith the Lord. 18 I wil send thee my seruants Esaie and Ieremie to helpe thee by whose counsel I haue sanctified aÌd prepared for thee twelue trees laden with diuers frutes 19 And as many fountaines flowing with milke and hony and seuen mightie mountaines whereupoÌ there growe roses lilies where by I wilfilthy children with ioye 20 Execute iustice for the widdo we iudge the cause of the fatherles giue to the poore defende the fatherles clothe the naked 21 Heale the wounded and sicke laugh not a lame man to scorne defend the crepel and let the blinde come into the light of my clerenes 22 Kepe the olde and the yong that are within thy walles 23 * Where soeuerth ou findest the dead take them and burye them and I wil giue thee the first place in my resurrection 24 Abide stil ô my people and rest for thy quietnes shal come 25 Nourish thy children ô thou good nurse stablish their fete 26 None of the seruants that I haue giuen thee shal perish for I wil seke them from among thy nomber 27 Be not weary for when the day of trouble and ãâã commeth other shal wepe and be soroweful but thou shalt be mery and ha ue abundance 28 The heathen shal enuie thee and shal do nothing against thee saith the Lord. 29 Mine hands shal couerthee so that thy chil dren shal not se hell 30 Be ioyful ò thou mother with thy children for I wil deliuer thee saith the Lorde 31 Remember thy children that slepe for I wil bring theÌ out of the sides of the earth wil shewe mercie vnto them for I am merciful saith the Lord almightie 32 Embrace thy children vntil I come and she we mercie vnto theÌ for my fountaines runne ouer and my grace shal not faile 33 I Esdras receiued a charge of the Lord vpoÌ the mount Horeb that I shulde go vnto them of Israel but when I came to them thei cast me of and despised the commandemeÌt of the Lord. 34 And therefore I say vnto yon ô ye heathen that heare and vnderstand Wait for your shepherd who shal giue you enerlasting rest for he is nere at hand that shal come in the end of the worlde 35 Be ready to the rewarde of the kingdome for the euerlasting light shal shine vpon you for euermore 36 Fle the shado we of this worlde receiue the ioye of your glorie I testifie my Sauiour openly 37 Receiue the gift that is giuen you and be glad ãâã thankes vnto him that hathe cal led you to the heauenlie kingdome 38 Arise and stand vp and beholde the nomber of those that are sealed for the feast of the Lord 39 Which are departed from the shadowe of the worlde and haue receiued glorious garments of the Lord. 40 Take thy nomber ô Sion and shut vp theÌ that are clothed in white which haue fulfilled the Law of the Lord. 41 The nomber of thy children whome thou longest for is fulfilled beseche the power of the Lord that thy people which haue bene called from the beginning may be sanctified 42 * I Esdras sawe vpon mount SioÌ a great peo ple whome I colde not nomber and they all praised the Lord with songs 43 And in the middes of them there was a yoÌg man hier in stature then them all and vpon euerie one of their heads he set crownes and was hier then the others which I much marueiled at 44 So I asked the Angel and said Who are the se my lord 45 Who answered and said vnto me These be they that haue put of the mortal clothing haue put on the immortal and haue confessed the Name of GOD now are they crowned and receiue the palmes 46 Then said I vnto the Angel What yong maÌ is it that setteth crownes on them giueth them the palmes in their hands 47 And he answered and said vnto me It is the sonne of God whome they haue confessed in the worlde Then began I greatly to commende theÌ that had stand so strongly for the Name of the Lord. 48 Then the Angel said vnto me Go thy way and tel my people what and how great won ders of the Lord God thou hast sene CHAP. III. 4 The wonderous workes which God did for the people are recited 31 Esdras marueileth that God suffreth the Ba bylonians to haue rule ouer his people which yet are syn ners also 1 IN the thirtieth yere after the fall of the citie as I was at Babylon I lay troubled vpoÌ my bed and my thoghts came vpto mine heart 2 Because I sawe the desolacion of Sion and the wealth of them that dwelt at Babylon 3 So my spirit was sore moued so that I begaÌ ne to speake fearful wordes to the moste High and said 4 O Lord Lord thou spakest at the beginning when thou alone plantedst the earth and ga uest commandement vnto the people 5 * And a bodie vnto AdaÌ without soule who was also the workemanship of thine hands and hast breathed in him the breth of life so that he liued before thee 6 And leddest him into Paradise whiche thy right hand had planted or euer the earth broght forthe 7 Euen then thou gauest him commandemeÌt to loue thy way but he traÌsgressed it and im mediatly thou appointedst death to him and his generacion of whome came nacions tribes people and kinreds out of nomber 8 * And euerie people walked after their own wil and did wonderful things before thee despised thy commandements 9 * But at the time appointed thou broghtest the flood vpon those that dwelt in the world and destroiedst them 10 So that by the flood that came to euerie one of them which came by death vnto Adam 11 Yet thou leftest one euen * Noe with his houshold of whome came all righteous meÌ 12 And when they that dwelt vpon the earth began to multiplie and the nomber of the children people and many nacions were increased they began to be more vngodlie theÌ the first 13 Now when they liued wickedly before thee * thou didest chose thee a man from among them whose name was * Abraham 14 Whome thou louedst and vnto whome one ly thou shewedst thy wil 15 And madest an euerlasting couenaÌt with him promising him that thou woldest neuer forsake his sede 16 * And vnto him thou gauest Isahac * vnto Isa
he answered me and said Stand vp vppon thy fete and heare a mightie sounding voyce 14 There shal come as an earth quake but the place where thou staÌdest shal not be moued 15 And therefore when he speaketh be not afrayed for of the end shal be the worde and of the fundacion of the earth shal it be vnder stand 16 Therefore while one speaketh of them it trembleth and is moued for it knoweth that it must be changed at the end 17 And when I had heard it I stode vp vpoÌ my fete and hearkened and beholde there was a voyce that spake and the sounde of it was like the sounde of many waters 18 And it said Beholde the dayes come that I wil come and in quire of them that dwel vpoÌ the earth 19 And when I beginne to inquire of theeÌ who by their vnrighteousnes haue hurt others and when the affliction of Sion shal be fulfilled 20 And the worlde that shal vanish away shal be sealed then wil I shewe these signes the bokes shal be opened before the heauen they shal se all it together 21 And the children of a yere olde shal speake with their voices the women with child shal bring forthe vntimelie childreÌ of thre or fou re moneths olde and they shal liue that are raised vp 22 Then suddenly shal the sowen places appea re as the vnsowne and the sul store houses shal suddenly be founde emptie 23 And the trumpet shal sounde and all they that heare it shal be suddenly afrayed 24 At that time shal friends fight with friends as with enemies and the earth shal feare with them the springs of the welles shal stand stil and in thre houres they shal not renne 25 Whosoeuer remaineth from all these things that I haue tolde thee shal be saued and se my saluacion the end of your worlde 26 And the men that are receiued shalse it thei that haue not tasted death from their birth and the heart of the inhabitants shal be chaÌged and turned to another meaning 27 For euil shal be put out and disceate shal be quenched 28 But faith shal flourish corruption shal be ouercome and the trueth which hathe bene so long without frute shal come forthe 29 ¶ And when he talked with me beholde I loked alitle vpoÌ him before whome I stode 30 And these wordes said he vnto me I am come to she we thee the time of the night to come 31 If thou wilt pray againe and fast seuen daies more I wil tel thee more things and greater then these which I haue heard in the day 32 For thy voyce is heard before the Highest surely the mightie hathe sene thy righteous dealing he hathe sene also thy chastitie whi che thou hast kept since thy youth 33 Therefore hathe he sent me to shewe thee all these things and to say vnto thee Be of good comfort and feare not 34 And haste not in the vaine consideration of the first times nor make haste to the latter times 35 And after this I wepte againe and fasted seuen dayes in like maner that I might fulfil the thre wekes which he had appointed me 36 And in the eight night was mine heart vexed within me againe and I began to speake before the moste High 37 For my spirit was greatly set on fyer my soule was in distresse 38 And I said ô Lord thou speakest expresly in the first creation euen the first day and coÌman dedst * that the heauen and the earth shulde be made and the worke followed thy worde 39 And theÌ was there the spirit and the darknes was on euerie side with silence there was no mans voyce as yet created of thee 40 Then commandedst thou a bright light to come forthe out of thy treasures that it might giue light to thy worke 41 VpoÌ the second day thou createdst the hea uenlie ayre and commandedst it that going betwene it shulde make a diuision betwene the waters that the one parte might remaine aboue and the other beneth 42 Vpon the third day thou coÌmandedst that the waters shulde be gathered together in the seuenth parte of the earth six partes didest thou drye and kept them to the intent that of these there shuld be that shulde serue thee being sowen of God and tilled 43 Assone as thy worde went forthe the wor ke was in continently made 44 For immediatly great and innumerable fau te did spring vp and manie diuerse pleasures for the taste and floures of vnchangeable co lour and odours of a moste wondersul smel and these things were created the third day 45 * Vpon the fourth daythou createdst the light of the sunne and of the moone and the order of the startes 46 And gauest them a charge to do * seruice euen vnto man that was for to be made 47 And vpon the fift day thou saidest vnto the seuenth parte * where the waters were gathe red that it shulde bring forthe beasts as foules and fishes and it was so 48 For the domme waters and without life broght forthe liuing things at the commandemeÌt of God that the nations might praise thy wonderous workes 49 TheÌ didest thou prepare two liuing things the one thou calledst Behemoth the other thou calledst Leuiathan 50 And didest separate the one from the other for the seuenth parte where the water was gathered colde not holde them 51 Vnto Behemoth thou gauest one parte whi che was dryed vp the third day that he shuld dwell in the same parte wherein are a thousand hilles 52 But vnto Leuiathan thou gauest the seuenth parte that is wett and hast prepared him to deuoure what thou wilt and when thou wilt 53 Vpon the sixt day thou gauest commandemeÌt vnto the earth that before thee it shulde bring forthe beasts catel and creping things 54 And besides this Adam whome thou madest lord ouer all the workes which thou hast created of him come we all and the people also whome thou hast chosen 55 All this haue I spoken before thee ô Lord because thou hast created the world for our sakes 56 As for the other people which also come of Adam thou hast declared them that they are nothing before thee but be like vnto spitle and hast compared their riches vnto a drop that falleth from a vessel 57 And now ô Lord beholde these heathen which haue bene reputed as nothing haue begonne to be lords ouer vs and to deuoure vs. 58 And we thy people whome thou hast called the first borne the onely begotten and thy feruent louer are giuen into their hands 59 If the worlde then be created for our sakes why haue we not the inheritance thereof in possession or how long shal we suffer these things CHAP. VII 5 Without tribulation none can come to felicitie 1 God ad uertiseth all in time 28 The coming and death of Christ 32 The resurrection and last iudgemeÌt 43 After the whiche all corruption shal cease 48 All fell in
conuersant in vnpleasant places 55 And that the faces of them which haue absteined shulde shine more then starres if our faces be blacker then darckenes 56 For while we liued we did not remember when we did vnrighteously that we shulde surfer after death 57 Then answered he me and said This is the maner of the battel which man that is borne in the earth shal fight 58 That if he be ouercome he shulde suffer as thou hast said but if he get the victorie he shulde receaue the thing that I said 59 For this is the life whereof Moyses spake vnto the people while he liued saying * Chuse thee life that thou maist liue 60 Neuertheles they beleued him not nether the Prophetes after him nor me also which haue said vnto them 61 That heauines shulde not so be to their destruction as ioye shulde come vnto them to whome saluacion is persuaded 62 I answered then and said I know Lord that the moste High is called merciful in that he hathe mercie vpon them which are not yet come to that worlde 63 And that he hathe pitie on those that walke in his Law 64 And that * he is pacient for he long suffreth those that haue sinned as his creatures 65 And that he is liberall for he wil giue asmu che as nedeth 66 And that he is of great mercie for he ouer cometh in mercie those that are present and that are past and them which are to come 67 For if he were not abundant in his mercies the worlde colde not continue not thei that haue the possession thereof 68 He pardoneth also for if he gaue not of his goodnes that they which haue done euil might be relieued from their wickednes the ten thousand parte of men shulde not remaine aliue 69 And if he being iudge forgaue not those that be healed with his worde and toke away the multitude of sinnes 70 There shulde peraduenture be verie fewe left in an vnnumerable multitude CHAP. VIII 1 The nomber of the godlie is smale 6 The workes of God are excellent ãâã Esdras prayerfor him and for his people 39 The promes of ãâã to the ãâã 55 The destruction of the ãâã 1 ANd he answered me saying The most High made this worlde for manie but the worlde to come for fewe 2 I wil tel thee a similitude o Esdras As when thou as kest the earth it shal say vnto thee that it gineth muche earthlie matter to make pottes but litle dust that golde cometh of so is it with the worke of this worlde 3 * There be manie created but fewe shal be saued 4 Then answered I and said Then swalowe vp the wit ö my soule and deuoure vnderstanding 5 For thou hast promised to heare and thou wilt prophecie for thou hast no longer space but the life giuen thee 6 O Lord if ãâã suffer not thy seruant that we may intreat thee that thou maist giue sede vnto our heart prepare our vnderstanding that there may come frute of it whereby euerie one which is corrupt may liue who can set him self for man 7 For thou art alone we all are one worke man ãâã of thine hands as thou hast said 8 For when the bodie is facioned now in the wombe and thou ãâã giuen it members thy creatures is preserued by fyre and ãâã and the worke created by thee doeth suffer nine moneths the creature which is facioned in it 9 But the thing that coÌteineth that which is conteined shal bothe be preserued wheÌ time is come the wombe being preserued deliuereth the things that grewe in it 10 For thou hast comman ãâã the members eueÌ ãâã breasts to giue milke vnto the frute appointed to the ãâã 11 That the thing which is created may be nourished for a time ãâã thou dispolest it to thy mercie 12 Thou bringest it vp with thy righteousnes nurturest it in thy Law and reformest it with thy iudgement 13 Thou slayest it as thy creature and giuest it life as thy worke 14 Seing then that thou destroyest him which with so great labours is facioned it is an easie thing to appoint by thy commandement that the thing also which is made might be preserued 15 Now therefore ô Lord I wilspeake as tou ching men in general thou shalt rather prouide but concerning thy people for whose sake I am sorie 16 And for thine inheritance for whose cause I mourne for Israel for whome I am woful and for Iacob for whose sake I am grieued 17 For them wil I pray before thee aswel for my self as for them for I se our fautes that dwelt in the land 18 ¶ But I haue heard the sudden comming of the iudge which is to come 19 Therefore heare my voyce and vnderstand my wordes which I wil speake before thee The beginning of the wordes of Esdras before he was taken vp 20 O Lord that liuest for euer which beholdest from aboue that which is aboue and in the ayre 21 Whose throne is inestimable and his glorie incomprehensible before whome the hoste of the Angels stand with trembling 22 Whos 's keping is turned in winde and fyre whose worde is true and sayings sted fast whose commandement is strong and gouernement terrible 23 Whose loke dryeth vp the depths wrath maketh the mountaines to melt away as the thing beareth witnes 24 Heare the prayer of thy seruant and receiue into thine eares the peticion of thy creature 25 For while I liue I wil speake and so long as I haue vnderstanding I wil answer 26 Loke not vpon the sinnes of thy people rather then thy faithful seruants 27 Haue not respect vnto the wicked dedes of men rather then to them that haue thy testimonies in afflictions 28 Thinke not vpon those that haue walked fainedly before thee but remember theÌ that reuetence thy wil. 29 Let it not be thy wil to destroye theÌ which haue liued like beasts but loke vpon them that haue clearly taught thy Law 30 Take not displeasure with them which appeare worse then beasts but loue them that alway put their trust in thy righteousnes and glorie 31 For we and our fathers haue all the same sicknes but because of vs that are sinners thou shalt be called merciful 32 If therefore thou wilt haue mercie vpon vs thou shalt be called merciful towardes vs which haue no workes of righteousnes 33 For the righteous which haue laid vp manie good workes let them receiue the rewarde of their owne dedes 34 But what is man that thou shuldest take displeasure at him or what is this mortal generacion that thou shuldest be so grieued towards it 35 * For verely there is no man among theÌ that be borne but he hathe done wickedly nor anie that doeth confesse thee which hathe not done amisse 36 For in this ô Lord thy righteousnes thy goodnes shal be praised if thou be merciful vnto them which ãâã not the substance of good workes 37 ¶ TheÌ answered he
of the Iewes against ãâã 24 Timotheus is taken and let go ãâã 32 Iudas pursueth Gorgias 1 WHen these couenants were made Lysias went vnto the King and the Iewes tilled their grounde 2 But the gouernours of the places as Timotheus Appollonius the sonne of Genneus and Ieronimus also Demophon and besides them ãâã the ãâã of Cyprus wolde not let them liue in rest and peace 3 ¶ They of Ioppe also did suche a vile act they prayed the Iewes that dwelt among them to go with their ãâã and children into the shippes which they had prepared as thogh they had ought them none euil 4 And so by the commune aduise of the citie they obeyed them and suspect nothing but when they were gone for the into the depe they drowned no lesse then two hundreth of them 5 Now when Iudas knewe of this crueltie shewed against his nacion he commanded those men that were with him to make theÌ readie 6 And hauing called vpon God the righteous Iudge he weÌt forthe against the murtherers of his brethren and set fyre in the hauen by night and burnt the ships and those that fled thence he ãâã 7 And when the citie was shut vp he departed as though he wolde come againe and roote out all them of the citie of Ioppe 8 ¶ But when he perceiued that the Iamnites were minded to do in like maner vnto the Iewes which dwelt among them 9 He came vpon the Iamnites by night set fyre in the hauen with the nauie so that the light of the fyre was sene at IerusaleÌ vpon a two hundreth and fortie furlongs 10 Now when they were gone from thence nine furlongs in their iourney towarde Timotheus about fiue thousand men of fote and fiue hundreth horsemen of the Arabians set vpon him 11 So the battel was sharpe but it prospered with Iudas thorowe the helpe of GOD the Nomades of Arabia being ouercome be soght Iudas to make peace with them pro mised to giue him certeine cattel to helpe him in other things 12 And Iudas thinking that they shulde in dede be profitable concerning manie things gran ted theÌ peace whereupon thei shoke hands and so they departed to their tents 13 ¶ Iudas also ãâã a citie called Caspis whi che was strong by reason of a bridge and fen ced rouÌde about with walles and had diuers kindes of people dwelling therein 14 So they that were within it put suche trust in the strength of the walles and in store of vitailes that they were the slacker in ' their doings reuiling theÌ that were with Iudas reproching them yea they blasphemed and spake suche wordes as were not lawful 15 But Maccabeus souldiers calling vpon the great Prince of the worlde which without anie instruments or engins of warre did * cast downe the walles of Iericho in the time of Iesus gaue a fierce assalt against the walles 16 And toke the citie by the wil of God and made an exceding great slaughter in so muche that a lake of two furlongs broad whiche laye thereby semed to flowe with blood 17 ¶ Then departed thei from thence seueÌ huÌdreth and fiftie furlongs and came to Characa vnto the Iewes that are called Tubieni 18 But they fouÌde not Timotheus there for he was departed from thence and had done no thing and had left a garison in a verie strong holde 19 But Dositheus Sosipater which were ãâã with Maccabeus went forthe and slewe those that Timotheus had left in the forteresse more then ten thousand men 20 And Maccabeus prepared and ranged his armie by baÌdes weÌt courageously against Timotheus which had with him an huÌdreth and twentie thousand men of fote and two thousand and fiue hundreth horsemen 21 When Timotheus had knowledge of Iudas comming he sent the women and children and the other baggage a fore vnto a forteres se called Carnion for it was hard to besiege vneasie to come vnto because of the straites on all sides 22 But when Iudas first baÌde came in sight the enemies were smiten with feare and a trembling was among them thorow the presence of him that seeth all things in so muche that thei fleing one here another there were oft times hurt by their owne people and wounded with the pointes of their owne swordes 23 But Iudas was verie earnest in pursuing and slewe those wicked meÌ yea he slewe thirtie thousand men of them 24 Timotheus also hym selfe fell into the handes of Dositheus and Sosipater whome he besoght with muche crafte to let hym go with hys lyfe because he had manie of the Iewes parents and the brethren of some of them which if they put him to death shulde be despised 25 So when he had assured them with manie wordes and promised that he wolde restore them without hurt they let hym go for the helth of their brethren 26 ¶ TheÌ went Maccabeus towarde Carmon and Atargation and slewe fiue and twentie thousand persones 27 And after that he had chased away and slayne them Iudas remoued the hoste towarde Ephron a strong citie wherein was Lysias and a great multitude of all nacions and the strong yong men kept the walles defending them mightely there was also great prepara cion of engins of warre and dartes 28 But when they had called vpon the Lord which with his power breaketh the streÌgth of the enemies they wan the citie and slewe fiue and twentie thousand of them that were within 29 ¶ FroÌ theÌce weÌt thei to Scythopolis which lieth six hundreth furlongs from Ierusalém 30 But when the Iewes which dwelt there testified that the Scythopolitans delt louingly with them and intreated them kindely in the time of their aduersities 31 They gaue them thankes desiring them to be friendlie still vnto them and so they came to Ierusalém as the feast of the wekes approched 32 ¶ And after the feast called Penticost they went forthe against Gorgias the gouernour of ãâã 33 Who came out with thre thousand men of ãâã and foure hundreth horsemen 34 And when they ioyned together a fewe of the Iewes were slayne 35 And Dositheus one of the Baccenors whiche was on horsebacke and a mightie man toke Gorgias and layed holde of hys garment and drewe him by force because he wolde haue taken the wicked man aliue but an horsemen of Thracia fell vpon him and smote of hys shulder so that Gorgias fled into Marisa 36 And when they that were with Eserin had foghten long and were wearie Iudas called vpon the Lord that he wolde shewe hym selfe to be their helper and captaine of the field 37 And then he began in hys owne language and sung psalmes with a loude voyce in so much that straight wayes he made them that were about Gorgias to take their flight 38 ¶ So Iudas gathered his hoste and came into the citie of Odolla And when the seueÌth day came they clensed them selues as the custome was and kept the Sabbath in the
that I was blinde and now I se. 26 TheÌ said they to him againe What did he to thee how opened he thine eyes 27 He answered them I haue tolde you alreadie ye haue nor heard it wherefore wolde ye heare it againe wil ye also be his disciples 28 Then checked they him and said Be thou his disciple we be Moses disciples 29 We knowe that God spake with Moses but this man we knowe not from whence he is 30 The man answered and said vnto them Doutles this is a marueilous thing that ye knowe not whence he is and yet he hathe opened mine eyes 31 Now we knowe that God heareth not sinners but if any man be a worshipper of God and doeth his wil him heareth he 32 Since the worlde began was it not heard that any man opened the eyes of one that was borne blinde 33 If this man were not of God he colde haue done nothing 34 They answered and said vnto him Thou art altogether borne in sinnes and doest thou teache vs so they cast him out 35 Iesus heard that they had cast him out and when he had founde him he said vnto him Doest thou beleue in the Sonne of God 36 He answered and said Who is he Lord that I might beleue him 37 And Iesus said vnto him Bothe thou hast sene him and he it is that talketh with thee 38 Then he said Lord I beleue and worshipped him 39 And Iesus said I am come vnto iudgement into this worlde that they whiche se not might se and that they * which se might be made blinde 40 And some of the Pharises which were with him heard these things and said vnto him Are we blinde also 41 Iesus said vnto them If ye were blinde ye shulde not haue sinne but now ye say We se therefore your sinne remaineth CHAP. X. 11 Christ is the true shepherd and the dore 19 Diuers opinions of Christ. 24 He is asked if he be Christ. 32 His workes declare that he is God 34 The princes called gods 1 VErely verely I say vnto you He that entreth not in by the dore into the shepe folde but climeth vp another way he is a thefe and a robber 2 But he that goeth in by the dore is the shepherd of the shepe 3 To him the porter openeth and the shepe heare his voyce and he calleth his owne shepe by name and leadeth them out 4 And when he hathe sent forthe his owne shepe he goeth before them and the shepe followe him for they knowe his voyce 5 And they wil not followe a stranger but they flee from him for they know not the voyce of strangers 6 This parable spake Iesus vnto theÌ but they vnderstod not what things they were which he spake vnto them 7 Then said Iesus vnto them againe Verely verely I saye vnto you I am the dore of the shepe 8 All that euer came before me are theues and robbers but the shepe dyd not heare them 9 I am the dore by me if any man enter in he shal be saued and shall go in and go out and sinde pasture 10 The thefe commeth not but for to steale and to kyll and to destroye I am come that they myght haue lyfe and haue it in abundance 11 * I am the good shepherde the good shepherd giueth his life for his shepe 12 But an hirelyng and he whiche is not the shepherde nether the shepe are hys owne seeth the wolfe commyng aÌd he leaueth the shepe and fleeth and the wolfe catcheth them and scattereth the shepe 13 So the hireling fleeth because he is an hireling and careth not for the shepe 14 I am the good shepherd aÌd knowe mine and am knowen of mine 15 As the Father knoweth me so knowe I the Father and I lay downe my life for my shepe 16 Other shepe I haue also which are not of this folde them also must I bring and they shal heare my voyce and * there shal be one shepefolde and one shepherd 17 Therefore doeth my Father loue me because * I lay down my life that I might take it againe 18 No man taketh it frome me but I lay it downe of my selfe I haue power to laye it down haue power to take it againe this * coÌmandement haue I receiued of my Father 19 ¶ Then there was a dissention agayne among the Iewes for these sayings 20 And many of them said He hathe a deuill and is madde why heare ye him 21 Others sayd These are not the wordes of hym that hathe a deuill can the deuill open the eyes of the blinde 22 And it was at Ierusalem the feast of the * Dedication and it was winter 23 And Iesus walked in the Temple in Solomons porche 24 Then came the Iewes rounde about hym and said vnto hym Howe long doest thou make vs doute If thou be the Christ tell vs plainely 25 Iesus answered them I tolde you and ye beleue not the workes that I do in my Fathers Name they beare witnes of me 26 But ye beleue not for ye are not of my shepe as I said vnto you 27 My shepe heare my voyce and I knowe them and they followe me 28 And I giue vnto them eternal life and they shal neuer perish nether shal any plucke theÌ out of mine hand 29 My Father which gaue them me is greater then all and none is able to take them out of my Fathers hand 30 I and my Father are one 31 * Then the Iewes againe toke vp stones to stone him 32 Iesus answered them Many good workes haue I shewed you from my Father for whi che of these workes do ye stone me 33 The Iewes answered hym saying For the good worke we stone thee not but for blasphemie and that thou beyng a man makest thy self God 34 Iesus answered theÌ Is it not written in your Law * I said ye are gods 35 If he called them Gods vnto whome the worde of God was giuen and the Scripture can not be broken 36 Say ye of him whome the Father hathe sanctified and sent into the worlde Thou blasphemest because I sayd I am the Sonne of God 37 If I do not the workes of my Father beleue me not 38 But if I do then thogh ye beleue not me yet beleue the wordes that ye may knowe and beleue that the Father is in me and I in hym 39 Againe they went about to take hym but he escaped out of their hands 40 And went againe beyonde Iordan into the place where Iohn first baptized and there abode 41 And many resorted vnto him and said Iohn dyd no miracle but all thyngs that Iohn spake of this man were true 42 And many beleued in him there CHAP. XI 2 Christ raiseth Lazarus from death 47 The hie Priest and Pharises gather a counsel against him 50
of the crosse 27 His praier 28 The answer of the Father 32 His death and the frute the reof 36 He exhorteth to faith 40 The blindenes of some and the ãâã of others 1 THen * Iesus six dayes before the Passeouer came to Bethania where Lazarus was which was dead whome he had raised from the dead 2 There they made him a supper and Martha serued but Lazarus was one of them that sate at the table with him 3 Then toke Marie a pound of ointment of spikenarde verie costlie and anointed Iesus fete and wipte his fete with her heere and the house was filled with the sauour of the ointment 4 Then said one of his disciples euen Iudas Iscariot Simon sonne which shulde betraye him 5 Why was not this ointment solde for thre hundreth pence and giuen to the poore 6 Now he said this not that he cared for the poore but because he was a thefe and * had the bagge and bare that which was giuen 7 Then said Iesus Let her alone against the day of my burying she kept it 8 For the poore alwayes ye haue with you but me ye shal not haue alwaies 9 Then muche people of the Iewes knewe that he was there they came not for Iesus sake onely but that they might se Lazarus also whome he had raised from the dead 10 The hie Priests therefore consulted that they might put Lazarus to death also 11 Because that for his sake manie of the Iewes went away and beleued in Iesus 12 ¶ * On the morowe a great multitude that were come to the feast wheÌ they heard that Iesus shulde come to Ierusalem 13 Toke branches of palme trees and went forthe to mete him and cryed Hosanna Blessed is the King of Israel that cometh in the Name of the Lord. 14 And Iesus founde a yong asse aÌd sate theron as it written 15 * Feare not daughter of Sion beholde thy King cometh sitting on an asses colte 16 But his disciples vndestode not these things at the first but when Iesus was glorified then remembred they that these things were written of him and that they had done these things vnto him 17 The people therefore that was with him bare witnes that he called Lazarus out of the graue and raised him from the dead 18 Therefore met him the people also because thei heard that he had done this miracle 19 And the Pharises said among them selues Perceiue ye how ye preuaile nothing Beholde the worlde goeth after him 20 ¶ Now there were certeine Grekes among them that came vp to worship at the feast 21 And they came to Philippe which was of Bethsaida in Galile and desired him saying Syr we wolde se Iesus 22 Philippe came and tolde Andrewe and againe Andrewe and Philippe tolde Iesus 23 And Iesus answered them saying The houre is come that the Sonne of man must be glorified 24 Verely verely I say vnto you Except the wheate corne fall into the grounde and dye it bideth alone but if it dye it bringeth forthe muche frute 25 * He that loueth his life shal lose it and he that hateth his life in this worlde shal kepe it vnto life eternal 26 * If anie man serue me let him followe me for where I am there shal also my seruant be and if anie man serue me him wil my Father honour 27 Now is my soule troubled and what shal I say Father saue me from this houre but ther fore came I vnto this houre 28 Father glorifie thy Name Then came there a voyce from heauen saying I haue bothe glorified it and wil glorifie it againe 29 Then said the people that stode by and heard that it was a thundre others said an Angel spake to him 30 Iesus answered and said This voyce came not because of me but for your sakes 31 Now is the iudgement of this worlde now shal the prince of this worlde be cast out 32 * And I if I were lift vp from the earth wil drawe all men vnto me 33 Now this said he signifying what death he shulde dye 34 The people answered him We haue heard out of the * Law that the Christ by deth for euer and how saist thou that the Sonne of man must be lift vp who is that Sonne of man 35 Then Iesus said vnto them Yet a litle while is * the light with you walke while ye haue light lest the darkenes come vpon you for he that walketh in the darke knoweth not whether he goeth 36 While ye haue light beleue in the light that ye may be the children of the light These things spake Iesus and departed and ãâã him self from them 37 ¶ And thogh he had done so manye miracles before them yet beleued they not on hym 38 That the saying of Esaias the Prophet might be fulfilled that he said * Lord who beleued our reporte and to whome is the arme of the Lord reueiled 39 Therefore colde they not beleue because that Esaias saith againe 40 * He hathe blinded their eyes and hardened their heart that they shulde not se with their eyes nor vnderstande with their heart and shulde be conuerted and I shulde heale them 41 These things said Esaias when he sawe hys glorie and spake of him 42 Neuertheles euen among the chief rulers manie beleued in hym but because of the Pharises they did not confesse him lest they shulde be cast out of the Synagogue 43 * For they loued the praise of men more then the praise of God 44 And Iesus cryed and said He that beleueth in me beleueth not in me but in hym that sentme 45 And he that seeth me seeth hym that sent me 46 I * am come a lyght into the worlde that whosoeuer beleueth in me shulde not abide in darkenes 47 And if anie maÌ heare my wordes and beleue not I iudge him not for I came not to iud ge the worlde but to saue the worlde 48 He that refuseth me and receiueth not my wordes hathe one that iudgeth him * the worde that I haue spoken it shall iudge him in the last day 49 For I haue not spoken of my selfe but the Father whiche sent me he gaue me a commandement what I shulde saye and what I shulde speake 50 And I knowe that hys commandement is lyfe euerlastyng the thyngs therefore that I speake I speake them so as the Father sayd vnto me CHAP XIII 5 Christ washeth the disciples fete 14 Exhortyng them to humilitie and charitie 21 Telleth them of Iudas the traitour 34 And commandeth them earnestly to loue one an nother 38 He forewarneth of Peters denial 1 NOw * before the feast of the Passeouer when Iesus knewe that hys houre was come that he shulde departe out of thys worlde vnto the
to the Gentiles 18 The Church approueth it 21 The Church increaseth 22 Barnabas and Paul preache at Antiochia 28 Agabus prophecieth ãâã to come 29 And the remedie 1 NOw the Apostles and the brethren that were in Iudea heard that the Gentiles had also receiued the worde of God 2 And when Peter was come vp to Ierusalem they of the circumcision contended against him 3 Saying Thou wentest in to men vncircumcised and hast eaten with them 4 Then Peter began and expouÌded the thing in order to them them saying 5 I was in the citie of Ioppa praying and in a trance I sawe this vision A certeine vessel coÌming downe as it had bene a great shete let downe froÌ heauen by the foure corners and it came to me 6 Toward the which wheÌ I had fastened mine eyes I coÌsiderest and sawe fowre foted beastes of the earth and wilde beastes and creping things and foules of the heauen 7 Also I heard a voyce saying vnto me Arise Peter slay and eat 8 And I said God forbid Lord for nothing pol luted or vncleane hathe at anie time entred into my mouth 9 But the voyce answered me the second time from heauen The things that God hathe purified pollute thou not 10 And this was done thre times and all were taken vp againe into heauen 11 Then beholde immediatly there were thre men already come vnto the house where I was sent from Cesarea vnto me 12 And the Spirit said vnto me that I shulde go with theÌ without douting moreouer these six brethren came with me and we entred in to the mans house 13 And he shewed vs how he had sene an Angel in his house which stode and said to him SeÌd men to Ioppa and call for Simon whose surname is Peter 14 He shal speake wordes vnto thee whereby bothe thou and all thine house shal be saued 15 And as I began to speake the holie Gost fel on them * euen as vpon vs at the beginning 16 Then I remembred the worde of the Lord how he said * Iohn baptized with water but ye shal be baptized with the holie Gost. 17 For as muche then as God gaue them a like gift as he did vnto vs when we beleued in the Lord Iesus Christ who was I that I colde let God 18 When they heard these things they helde their peace and glorified God saying Then hathe God also to the Gentiles granted repentance vnto life 19 ¶ And thei which were * scattred abroade because of the afflictioÌ that arose about Steuen walked throughout til they came vnto Phenice Cyprus Antiochia preaching the worde to no maÌ but vnto the Iewes only 20 Now some of them were men of Cyprus of Cyrene which when they were come into Antiochia spake vnto the Grecians and preached the Lord Iesus 21 And the hand of the Lord was with theÌ so that a great nomber beleued and turned vnto the Lord. 22 Then tidings of those things came vnto the eares of the Church which was in Ierusalem and they sent forthe Barnabas that he shulde go into Antio chia 23 Who wheÌ he was come had sene the gra ce of God was glad and exhorted all that with purpose of heart they wolde cleaue vnto the Lord. 24 For he was a good man and ful of the holie Gost and faith and muche people ioyned them selues vnto the Lord. 25 ¶ Then departed Barnabas to Tarsus to seke Saul 26 And when he had founde him he broght him vnto Antiochia and it came to passe that a whole yere they were conuersant with the Church taught much people inso much that the disciples were first called Christians in Antiochia 27 In those dayes also came Prophetes froÌ Ieru salem vnto Antiochia 28 And there stode vp one of them named Aga bus and signified by the Spirit that there shulde be great famine throughout all the world which also came to passe vnder Clau dius Cesar. 29 Then the disciples euerie man according to his habilitie purposed to send succour vnto the brethren which dwelt in Iudea 30 Which thing they also did sentit to the Elders by the hands of Barnabas and Saul CHAP. XII 1 Herode persecuteth the Christians 2 He killeth Iames 4 And putteth Peter in prison 7 Whome the Lord de liuereth by an Angel 21 The horrible death of Herode 24 The Gospel ãâã 25 Barnabas Saul returning to Antiochia take Iohn Marke with them 1 NOw about that time Herode the King stretched forthe his hands to vexe certeine of the Church 2 And he killed Iames the brother of Iohn with the sworde 3 And when he sawe that it pleased the Iewes he proceded further to take Peter also then were the dayes of vnleauened bread 4 And when he had caught hym he put hym in prison and deliuered hym to foure quaternions of souldiers to be kept intendyng after the Passeouer to bryng hym forthe to the people 5 So Peter was kept in prison but earnest prayer was made of the Churche vnto ãâã for hym 6 And when Herode wolde haue broght hym out vnto the people the same uight slept Peter betwene two souldiers bounde wyth two chaines and the kepers before the dore kept the prison 7 * And beholde the Angel of the Lord came vpon them and a lyght shined in the house and he smote Peter on the side and raysed him vp saying Arise quickely And his chaines fel of from his hands 8 And the Angel said vnto him Girde thyself and binde on thy sandales And so he dyd Then he said vnto him Cast thy garment about thee and followe me 9 So Peter came out and followed hym and knew not that it was true which was done by the Angel but thoght he had sene a visioÌ 10 Now when they were past the first and the seconde watche they came vnto the yron gate that leadeth vnto the citie whiche ope ned to them by his owne accorde and they went out and passed through one strete and by and by the Angel departed from him 11 ¶ And when Peter was come to him self he said Now I know for a trueth that the Lord hath sent his Angell and hathe deliuered me out of the hand of Herode and from all the waiting for of the people of the Iewes 12 And as he considered the thing he came to the house of Marie the mother of Iohn whose surname was Marke where manie were gathered together and prayed 13 And when Peter knocked at the entrie dore a mayde came forthe to hearken named Rhode 14 But when she knewe Peters voyce she opened not the entrie dore for gladnes but ran in and tolde how Peter stode before the entrie 15 But they said vnto her Thou art ãâã Yet she affirmed it constantly that it was so TheÌ said they It is his Angel
of Iohn Marke 1 THen came downe certeine from Iudea and taught the brethren saying * Except ye be circumcised after the maner of Moses ye can not be saued 2 And when there was great dissention disputation by Paul and Barnabas against them they ordeined that Paul and Barnabas and certeine other of them shulde go vp to Ieru salem vnto the Apostles Elders about this question 3 Thus being sent forthe by the Church they passed through Phenice and Samaria declaring the conuersion of the GeÌtiles and they broght great ioye vnto all the brethren 4 And when they were come to IerusaleÌ they were receiued of the Church of the Apostles aÌd Elders they declared what things God had done by them 5 But said they certeine of the secte of the Pharises which did beleue rose vp saying that it was nedeful to circumcise theÌ and to coÌmande them to kepe the Law of Moses 6 Then the Apostles Elders came together to loke to this matter 7 And when there had bene great disputation Peter rose vp and said vnto them * Ye men and brethren ye knowe that a good while ago among vs God chose out me that the Gentiles by my mouth shuld heare the word of the Gospel and beleue 8 And God which knoweth the hearts bare them witnes in giuing vnto them the holie Gost euen as he did vnto vs. 9 And he put no difference betwene vs and theÌ after that by faith he had*purified their hearts 10 Now therefore why temptye God to*lay a yoke on the disciples neckes whiche nether our fathers nor we were able to beare 11 But we beleue through the grace of the Lord Iesus Christ to be saued euen as they do 12 Then all the multitude kept silence heard Barnabas and Paul which tolde what signes and wondres God had done among the GeÌtiles by them 13 And when they helde their peace Iames answered saying Men brethren hearken vnto me 14 * Simeon hathe declared how God first did visite the ãâã to take of them a people vnto his Name 15 And to this agre the wordes of the Prophetes as it is written 16 * After this I wil returne and wil buylde againe the tabernacle of Dauid which is fallen downe the ruines thereof wil I buylde againe and I wil set it vp 17 That the residue of men might seke after the Lord and all the Gentiles vpoÌ whome my Name is called saith the Lord whiche doeth all these things 18 From the beginning of the worlde God knoweth all his workes 19 Wherefore my sentence is that we trouble not them of the Gentiles that are turned to God 20 But that we write vnto them that they absteine them selues from filthines of idoles and fornication and that that is strangled and from blood 21 For Moses of olde time hathe in euerie citie them that preache him seing he is red in the Synagogues euerie Sabbath day 22 Then it semed good to the Apostles and Elders with the whole Church to send chosen men of their owne companie to Antiochia with Paul Barnabas to wit Iudas whose surname was Barsabas and Silas which were chief men among the brethren 23 And wrote letters by them after this maner THE APOSTLES AND the Elders the brethren vnto the brethren which are of the Gentiles in Antiochia and in Syria in Cilicia send greting 24 Forasmuche as we haue heard that certeine which departed from vs haue troubled you with wordes cumbred your mindes saying Ye must be circuÌcised and kepe the Law to whome we gaue no suche coÌmandement 25 It semed therefore good to vs wheÌ we were come together with one accorde to send chosen men vnto you with our beloued Bar nabas and Paul 26 Men that haue giuen vp their liues for the Name of our Lord Iesus Christ. 27 We haue therefore sent Iudas and Silas whiche shal also tell you the same things by mouth 28 For it semed good to the holie Gost and to vs to lay no more burden vpon you then these necessarie things 29 That is that ye absteine from things offered to idoles and blood and that that is strangled and from fornication froÌ which if ye kepe your selues ye shal do wel Fare ye wel 30 Now when they were departed they came to Antiochia after that they had asseÌbled the multitude they deliuered the epistle 31 And when they had red it they reioyced for the consolation 32 And Iudas and Silas being Prophetes exhorted the brethren with manie wordes strengthened them 33 And after they had taried there a space they were let go in peace of the brethren vnto the Apostles 34 Notwithstanding Silas thoght good to abide there stil 35 Paul also and Barnabas continued in Antiochia teaching and preaching with manie other the worde of the Lord. 36 ¶ But after certeine dayes Paul said vnto Barnabas Let vs returne and visite our brethren in euerie citie where we haue preached the worde of the Lord and se how thei do 37 And Barnabas counseled to take with theÌ Iohn called Marke 38 But Paul thoght it not mete to take him vnto their companie which departed from them from Pamphilia and went not with them to the worke 39 Then were they so stirred that they departed a sunder one from the other so that Barnabas toke Marke and sailed vnto Cyprus 40 And Paul chose Silas and departed being commended of the brethren vnto the grace of God 41 And he went through Syria and Cilicia stablishing the Churches CHAP. XVI 1 when Paul had circumcised Timothie he toke him with him 7 The' Spirit calleth them from one countrey to another ãâã Lydia is conuerted 28 Paul and Silas imprisoned conuert the iayler 37 And are deliuered as Romaines 1 THen came he to Derbe to Lystra and beholde a certeine disciple was there named*Timotheus a womans sonne which was a Iewesse and beleued but his father was a Grecian 2 Of whome the brethren which were at Lystra and Iconium reported wel 3 Therefore Paul wolde that he shulde go forthe with him and toke and circumcised him because of the Iewes which were in those quarters for they knew all that his father was a Grecian 4 And as they went through the cities they deliuered them the decrees to kepe ordeined of the Apostles and Elders which were at Ierusalem 5 And so were the Churches stablished in the faith and encreased in nombre daily 6 ¶ Now when they had gone through out Phrygia and the region of Galacia they were forbidden of the holie Gost to preache the worde in Asia 7 Then came they to Mysia and soght to go into Bithynia but the Spirit fuffred them not 8 Therefore they passed through Mysia and came downe to Troas 9 Where a visioÌ appeared to
to passe that thei came all safe to land CHAP. XXVIII 2 Paul with his compagnie are gently intreated of the barbarous people 5 The viper hurteth him not 8 He healeth Publius father and others and being fornished by them of things necessarie he fared towarde Rome 15 Where being receiued of the brethren he declareth his busines 30 And there preacheth two yeres 1 ANd when they were come safe theÌ they knewe that the yle was called Melita 2 And the Barbarians shewed vs no litle kindenes for they kindled a fyre and receiued vs euerie one because of the present showre and because of the colde 3 And when Paul had gathered a nomber of stickes laid them on the fyre there came a viper out of the heat and leapt on his hand 4 Now when the Barbarians sawe the worme hang on his hand they said among theÌ selues This man surely is a murtherer whome thogh he hathe escaped the sea yet Vengeance hathe not suffred to liue 5 But he shoke of the worme into the fyre and felt no harme 6 Howbeit thei waited when he shulde haue swolne or fallen downe dead suddenly but after they had loked a great while and sawe no inconuenience come to him thei chaÌged their mindes and said That he was a God 7 In the same quarters the chiefman of the yle whose name was Publius had possessions the same receiued vs lodged vs thre dayes courteously 8 And so it was that the Father of Publius lay sicke of the feuer and of a bloodie flixe to whome Paul entred in when he prayed he laid his hands on him and healed him 9 When this then was done other also in the yle which had diseases came to him were healed 10 Which also did vs great honour and when we departed they laded vs with things neces sarie 11 ¶ Now after thre moneths we departed in a ship of AlexaÌdria which had wintred in the yle whose badge was Castor and Pollux 12 And when we arriued at Syracuse we taryed there thre dayes 13 And from thence we fet a compasse came to Rhegium and after one daye the South winde blewe and we came the seconde daie to Putioli 14 Where we founde brethren and were desired to tarie with them seuen dayes and so we went towarde Rome 15 ¶ And from thence when the brethren heard of vs they came to mete vs at the Market of Appius and at the Thre tauernes whome when Paul sawe he thanked God and waxed bolde 16 So when we came to Rome the Centurion deliuered the prisoners to the general Captaine but Paul was suffred to dwel by him self with a souldier that kept him 17 And the third day after Paul called the chief of the Iewes together and when they were come he said vnto them Men and bre thren thogh I haue commited nothing against the people or Lawes of the fathers yet was I deliuered prisoner froÌ Ierusalem into the hands of the Romaines 18 Who when thei had examined me wolde haue let me go because there was no cause of death in me 19 But when the Iewes spake contrarie I was constrained to appeale vnto Cesar not because I had ought to accuse my nacion of 20 For this cause therefore haue I called for you to se you and to speake with you for the hope of Israels sake I am bounde with this chaine 21 Then they said vnto him We nether receiued letters out of ãâã concerning thee nether came anie of the brethren that shewed or spake anie euil of thee 22 But we wil he ãâã of thee what thou thinkest for as concerning this secte we knowe that euerie where it is spoken against 23 And when they had appointed him a daye there came manie vnto him into his lodging to whome he expounded and testified the kingdome of God and preached vnto them concerning Iesus bothe out of the Law of Moses and out of the Prophetes from morning to night 24 And some were persuaded with the things which were spoken and some beleued not 25 Therefore when thei agreed not among them selues they departed after that Paul had spoken one worde to wit Wel spake the holie Gost by Esaias the Prophet vnto our fathers 26 Saying * Go vnto this people and say By hearing ye shal heare and shal not vnderstaÌd and seing ye shal se and not perceiue 27 For the heart of this people is waxed fat and their eares are dull of hearing and with their eyes haue they winked lest they shulde se with their eyes heare with their eares and vnderstaÌd with their hearts and shulde returne that I might heale them 28 Be it knowen therefore vnto you that this saluacion of God is sent to the Gentiles and they shal heare it 29 And wheÌ he had said these things the Iewes departed and had great reasoning among them selues 30 And Paul remained two yeres ful in an house hired for himself and receiued all that came in vnto him 31 Preaching the kingdome of God and teaching those things which coÌcerne the Lord Iesus Christ with all boldenes of speache without let THE EPISTLE OF THE Apostle Paul to the Romaines THE ARGVMENT THe great mercie of God is declared towarde man in Christ Iesus whose righteousnes is made ours through saith For when man by reason of his owne corruption colde not fulfil the Law yea committed most abominably bothe against the Law of God and nature the infinite bountie of God mindeful of his promes made to his seruant Abraham the Father of all beleuers ordeined that mans saluation shulde onely stand in the perfect obedience of his Sonne Iesus Christ so that not onely the circumcised Iewes but also the vn circumcised Gentiles shulde be saued by faith in him euen as Abraham before he was circumcised was counted iuste onely through faith and yet afterwarde receiued circumcisioÌ as a seale or badge of the same righteousnes by faith And to the intent that none shulde thinke that the couenant which God made to him and his posteritie was not performed other because the Iewes receiued not Christ which was the blessed sede orels beleued not that he was the true redemer because he did not onely or at least more notably preserue the Iewes the examples of Ismael Esau declare that all are not Abrahams posteritie which come of AbrahaÌ according to the flesh but also the verie strangers and Gentiles grafied in by faith are made heires of the promes The cause whereof is the onlie wil of God forasmuche as of his fre mercie he electeth some to be saued and of his iuste iudgement reiecteth others to be damned as appeareth by the testimonies of the Scriptures Yet to the intent that the Iewes shuld not be to muche beaten downe nor the Gentiles to muche puffed vp the example of Elias proueth that God hathe yet his elect euen of the natural posteritie of
Abraham thogh it appeareth not so to mans eye and for that preferment that the GeÌtiles haue it procedeth of the liberal mercie of God whiche he at length ãâã towarde the Iewes againe and so gather the whole Israel which is his Church of them bothe This grounde worke of faith and doctrine layed instructions of Christian maners followe teaching ãâã man to walke in roundenes of conscience in his vocation with all patience and humblenes reuerencing and obeying magistrate exercising charitie putting of the olde man and putting on Christ bearing with the weake louing one another according to Christs example Finally S. Paul after his commendacions to the brethren exhorteth theÌ to vnitie and to flee false preachers and flatterers and so concludeth with a prayer CHAP. I. 1 Paul sheweth by whome and to what purpose he is called 13 His ready wil. 16 What the Gospel is 20 The vse of creatures and wherefore they were made 21. 24. The ingratitude peruersitie and punishment of all mankinde 1 PAVLa seruant of IESVSCHRIST called to be an Apostle * put aparte to preache the Gospel of God 2 Which he had pro mised afore by his* Prophetes in the ho lie Scriptures 3 Concerning his Sonne Iesus christ our Lord which was made of the sede of Dauid according to the flesh 4 And declared mightely to be the Sonne of God touching the Spirit of sanctification by the resurrection from the dead 5 By whome we haue receiued grace and Apostleship that obedience might be giuen vnto the faith in his Name among all the Gentiles 6 Among whome ye be also the called of Iesus Christ 7 To all you that be at Rome beloued of God called to be Saints * Grace be with you and peace from God our Father and from the Lord Iesus Christ. 8 First I thanke my God through Iesus Christ for you all because your faith is published throughout the whole worlde 9 For God is my witnes whome I serue in my spirit in the Gospel of his SoÌne that with out ceasing I make mencion of you 10 Alwayes in my prayers beseching that by some meanes one time or other I might haue a prosperous iourney by the wil of God to come vnto you 11 * For I long to se you that I might bestowe among you some spiritual gifte to strengthen you 12 That is that I might be comforted together with you through our mutual faith bothe yours and mine 13 Now my brethren I wolde that ye shulde not be ignoraÌt how that I haue often times purposed to come vnto you but haue bene lethitherto that I might haue some frute also among you as I haue among the other Gentiles 14 I am detter bothe to the Grecians and to the Barbarians bothe to the wisemen and vnto the vnwise 15 Therfore asmuche as in me is I am ready to preache the Gospel to you also that are at Rome 16 For I am not ashamed of the Gospel of Christ for it is the * power of God vnto saluation to euerie one that beleueth to the Iewe first and also to the Grecian 17 For by it the iuste righteousnes of God is reueiled from faith to faith as it is written * The iuste shal liue by faith 18 For the wrath of God is reueiled from heauen against all vngodlines and vnrighteousnes of men which with holde the trueth in vnrighteousnes 19 Forasmuche as that which may be knowen of God is manifest in them for God hathe shewed it vnto them 20 For the inuisible things of him that is his eternal power and Godhead are sene by the creation of the worlde being considered in his workes to the intent that they shulde be without excuse 21 * Because that when they knewe God they glorified him not as God nether were thankeful but became vaine in their imaginations and their foolish heart was ful of darkenes 22 When they professed them selues to be wise they became fooles 23 For thei turned the glorie of the incorruptible God to the similitude of the image of a corruptible man and of birdes and foure foted beastes and of creeping things 24 Wherefore also God gaue them vp to their hearts lustes vnto vnclennes to defile their owne bodies betwene them selues 25 Which turned the trueth of God vnto a lie and worshipped and serued the creature * forsaking the Creator which is blessed for euer Amen 26 For this cause God gaue them vp vnto vile affections for euen their women did change the natural vse into that which is against nature 27 And likewise also the men left the natural vse of the woman and burned in their lusteone towarde another and man with man wroght filthines and receiued in them selues suche recoÌpense of their errour as was mete 28 For as thei regarded not to knowe God euen so God deliuered them vp vnto a reprobat minde to do those things which are not conuenient 29 Being ful of all vnrighteousnes fornicatioÌ wickednes coueteousnes maliciousnes full of enuie of murther of debat of disceite taking al things in the euil parte whisperers 30 Backebiters haters of God doers of wroÌg proude boasters inuenters of euil things disobedient to parents without vnderstanding couenant breakers without natural affection suche as can neuer be appeased merciles 31 Which men thogh they knewe the Law of God how that they which commit suche things are worthie of death yet not one ly do the same but also fauour them that do them CHAP. II. 1 He feareth the hypocrites with Gods iudgemeÌt 7 And comforteth the faithful 12 To beat done all vaine pretence of ignorance holines and of alliance with God he proueth all men to be sinners 15 The Gentiles by their conscience 17 The Iewes by the Law written 1 THerefore thou art inexcusable ô man whosoeuer thou art that iudgest * for in that that thou iudgest another thou condeÌnest thy self for thou that iudgest doest the same things 2 But we knowe that the iudgement of God is according to trueth against them which commit suche things 3 And thinkest thou this ô thou man that iud gest them which do suche things and doest the same that thou shalt escape the iudgement of God 4 Ordespisest thou the riches of his bountifulnes and * pacience and long sufferance not knowing that the bouÌtifulnes of GOD leadeth thee to repentance 5 But thou after thine hardnes and heart that can not repent * heapest vnto thy self wrath against the day of wrath and of the declaration of the iuste iudgement of God 6 * Who wil rewarde euerie man according to his workes 7 That is to them which by continuance in wel doing seke glorie and honour and immortalitie eternal life 8 But vnto them that are
contentions curious disputations and vaine questions to the inteÌt that his doctrine may al together edifie Considering that the examples of Hymeneus and Philetus which subuerted the true doctrine of the resurre ction were so horrible yet to the intent that no man shulde be offended at their fall being men of autoritie inestima tion he sheweth that all that professe Christ are not his that the Churche is subiect to this calamitie that the euill must dwel among the good til Gods trial come yet he reserueth them whom he hathe elected euen to the end And that Timotheus shulde not be discouraged by the wicked he declareth what abominable men and dangerous times shall followe willing him to arme him self with the hope of the good yssue that God wil giue vnto his to exercise him self diligeÌtly in the Scriptures bothe against the aduersaries and for the vtilitie of the Churche desiring him to come to hym for certeine necessarie affaires and so with his and others salutations endeth CHAP. I. 6 Paul exhorteth Timotheus to stedfastnes and pacience in persecution and to continue in the doctrine that he had taught him 12 Whereof his bonds and afflictions were agage 16 A commendation of Onesiphorus 1 PAul an Apostle of Iesus Christ by the will of God accordyng to the promes of life whiche is in Christ Iesus 2 To Timotheus my beloued sonne Grace mercie and peace from God the Father and from Iesus Christ our Lord. 3 I thanke God * whome I serue from mine elders with pure conscience that without ceasing I haue remembrance of thee in my prayers night and day 4 Desiring to se thee mindful of thy teares that I may be filled with ioye 5 When I call to remembrance the vnfained faith that is in thee whiched welt first in thy grandmother Lois and in this mother Eunice and am assured that it dwelleth in thee also 6 Wherefore I put thee in remembrance that thou stirre vp the gifte of God whiche is in thee by the putting on of mine hands 7 For God hathe not giuen to vs the Spirit of feare but of power and of loue and of a sounde minde 8 Be not therefore ashamed of the testimonie of our Lord nether of me his prisoner but be partaker of the afflictions of the Gospel according to the power of God 9 Who hathe saued vs and called vs with an * holie calling not according to our* workes but according to his owne purpose grace which was giuen to vs through Christ Iesus before the * worlde was 10 But is now made manifest by the appearing of our Sauiour Iesus Christ who hathe abolished death and hathe broght life and immortalitie vnto light through the Gospel 11 * Whereunto I am appointed a preacher Apostle and ateacher of the Gentiles 12 For the which cause I also suffre these things but I am not ashamed for I knowe whome I haue beleued and I am persuaded that he is able to kepe that whiche I haue coÌmitted to him against that day 13 Kepe the true paterne of the wholsome wordes whiche thou hast heard of me in faith and loue whiche is in Christ Iesus 14 That worthie thing which was committed to thee kepe through the holie Gost whiche dwelleth in vs. 15 This thou knowest that all they which are in Asia be turned from me of whiche sorte are Phygellus and Hermogenes 16 The Lorde giue mercie vnto the house of One siphorus for he oftrefreshed me was not ashamed of my chaine 17 But when he was at Rome he soght me out verie diligently and founde me 18 The Lord grant vnto him that he may finde mercie with the Lord at that day and in how manie things he hathe ministred vnto me at Ephesus thou knowest verie wel CHAP. II. 2 He exhorteth him to be constant in trouble to suffer manly to abyde faste in the wholsome doctrine of our Lord Iesus Christ. 11 Shewing him the fidelitie of Gods counsel touching the saluation of his 19 And the marke thereof 1 THou therfore my sonne be strong in the grace that is in Christ Iesus 2 And what things thou hast heard of me by manie witnesses the same deliuer to faithfull men whiche shal be able to teache other also 3 Thou therefore suffer afflictions as a good souldier of Iesus Christ. 4 No man that warreth entangleth hym self with the affaires of this life because he wolde please him that hathe chosen hym to be a souldier 5 And if anie man also striue for a masterie he is not crowned excepthe striue as he ought to do 6 The housband man must labour before he receiue the frutes 7 Consider what I say and the Lord giue thee vnderstanding in all things 8 Remember that Iesus Christ made of the sede of Dauid was raised againe from the dead accordyng to my Gospel 9 Wherein I suffer trouble an euil doer ouen vnto bondes but the worde of God is not bounde 10 Therefore I suffer all things for the * elects sake that they might also obteine the the saluation which is in Christ Iesus with eternal glorie 11 It is a true saying For if we be* dead wyth him we also shal liue with him 12 If we suffer we shal also reigne with hym * if we denie him he also wil denie vs. 13 If* we beleue not yet abideth he faithful he can not denie him self 14 Of these thyngs put them in remembrance and protest before the Lord that they striue not aboute wordes whiche is to no profit but to the peruerting of the hearers 15 Studie to she we thy selfe approued vnto God a workeman that nedeth not to be asha med diuiding the worde of trueth a right 16 * Stay prophane and vaine bablings for they shal encrease vnto more vngo ãâã 17 And their worde shall fret as a cancre of which sorte is Hymeneus and Philetus 18 Whiche as concernyng the trueth haue erred saying that the resurrection is past already and do destroye the faith of certeine 19 But the fundation of God remayneth sure and hathe thys seale The LORD knoweth who are his and Let euerie one that calleth on the Name of Christ departe frome iniquitie 20 Notwithstanding in a great house are not onely vessels of Golde and of Siluer but also of wood and of earth and some for honour and some vnto dishonour 21 If anie man therefore purge him selfe from these he shal be a vessel vnto honour sanctified and mete for the Lord and prepared vn to euerie good worke 22 Flee also frome the lustes of youth and followe after ryghteousnes fayth loue and peace with them that* cal on the Lord with pure heart 23 * And put away foolish and vnlearned que stions knowing that they in gendre strife 24 But the seruant of the Lord
able to saue and to destroye * Who art thou that iud gest another man 13 Go to no we ye that saye To daye or to morowe we wyll go into suche a citie and continue there a yere and bye and sel and get gaine 14 And yet ye can not tell what shal be to moro we For what is your lyfe It is euen a vapour that appeareth for a litle time and af ter warde vanisheth away 15 For that ye ought to say * If the Lord wyll and If we liue we wil do this or that 16 But no we ye reioyce in your boastyngs all suche reioycing is euil 17 Therefore to him that knoweth howe to do wel and doeth it not to him it is sinne CHAP. V. 2 He threateneth the wicked riche men 7 Exhoiteth vnto pacience 12 To beware of swearyng 16 One to knowledge his fautes to another 20 And one to labour to bring another to the trueth 1 GO to nowe ye ryche men wepe and howle for your miseries that shall come vpon you 2 Your riches are corrupt and your garments are moth eaten 3 Your Golde and Siluer is cankred and the rust of them shal be a wytnes agaynste you and shall eat your fleshe as it were fyre * Ye haue heaped vp treasure for the last dayes 4 Beholde the hyre of the laborers which haue reaped your fields whiche is of you kept backe by fraude cryeth and the cryes of them which haue reaped are entred into the eares of the Lord of hostes 5 Ye haue liued in pleasure on the earthe and in wantoÌnes Ye haue nourished your hearts as in a day of slaughter 6 Ye haue condemned and haue killed the iuste and he hathe not resisted you 7 Be pacient therefore brethren vnto the commyng of the Lorde Beholde the housband man waiteth for the precious frute of the earth and hathe longe pacience for it vntill he receiue the former and the latter rayne 8 Be ye also pacient therefore and setle your hearts for the commyng of the Lord draweth nere 9 Grudge not one against another brethren lest ye be condemned beholde the iudge standeth before the dore 10 Take my brethren the Prophetes for an ensample of suffering aduersitie and of long pacience whiche haue spoken in the Name of the Lord. 11 Beholde we count them blessed whiche endure Ye haue heard of the pacience of Iob ãâã haue knowen what end the Lord made For the Lord is verie pitiful and mercifull 12 But before all thyngs my brethren * sweare not nether by heauen nor by earth nor by anie other othe but let your yea be yea and your naye naye lest ye fall into condemnation 13 Is anie among you afflicted Let him pray Is anie merie Let him sing 14 Is anie sicke among you Let hym call for the Elders of the Churche and let them praye for him and anoint hym with * oyle in the Name of the Lord. 15 And the prayer of fayth shal saue the sicke and the LORDE shall rayse him vp and if he haue committed sinne it shal be forgiuen hym 16 Acknowledge your fautes one to another and pray one for another that ye may be hea led for the prayer of a ryghteous man auaileth muche if it be feruent 17 * Helias was a man subiect to lyke passions as we are and he prayed earnestlye that it myght not rayne and it rained not on the earth for thre yeres and six moneths 18 And he prayed agayne and the heauen gaue rayne and the earth broght forthe her frute 19 Brethren if anye of you hathe erred frome the trueth and some man hathe conuerted hym 20 Let him knowe that he whiche hathe conuerted the sinner from goyng astraye out of his way shal saue a soule from death aÌd shal hide a multitude of sinnes THE FIRST EPISTLE general of Peter THE ARGVMENT HE exhorteth the faithful to denie them selues and to contemne the worlde that being deliuered from all carnal affections and impediments they may more spedely atteine to the heaueÌlie kingdome of Christ whereunto we are called by the grace of God reueiled to vs in his Sonne and haue already receiued it by faith possessed it by hope and are therein confirmed by holines of life And to the intent this faith shulde not faint seing Christ contemned and reiected almost of the whole worlde he declareth that this is nothyng els but the accomplishyng of the Scriptures whiche testifie that he shulde be the stombling stone to the reprobate and the sure fundation of saluation to the faithfull therefore he exhorteth them courageously to go forwarde considering what they were and to what dignitie God hathe called them After he entreateth particular points teaching subiects how to obey their gouernours and seruants their masters how maried folkes ought to behaue them selues And because it is appointed for all that are godlie to suffre persecutions he sheweth them what good yssue their asflictions shal haue and contrariewise what punishment God reserueth for the wicked Last of all he teacheth how the ministers ought to behaue them selues forbidding them to vsurpe autoritie o ãâã the Churche also that yong men ought to be modest and apt to learne and so endeth with an exhortation CHAP. I. 2 He sheweth that through the abundant mercie of God we are elect and regenerate to a liuelie hope 7 And how faith must be tried 10 That the saluation in Christ is no newes but a thing prophecied of olde 13 He exhorteth them to a godlie conuersation forasmuche as they are now borne a newe by the worde of God 1 PETER an Apostle of Iesus Christ to the strangers that dwel here and there throughout Pontus Galacia Cappadocia Asia Bithynia 2 Elect according to the fore knowledge of God the Father vnto sanctificatió of the spirit through obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Iesus Christ Grace and peace be multiplied vnto you 3 * Blessed be God euen the Father of our Lord Iesus Christ whiche accordyng to his abundant mercie hathe begotten vs againe vnto a liuelie hope by the resurrection of Iesus Christ from the dead 4 To an inheritance immortall and vndefiled and that fadeth not away reserued in heauen for you 5 Whiche are kept by the power of GOD through faith vnto saluation whiche is prepared to be shewed in the last time 6 Wherein ye reioyce thogh now for a ceason if nede require ye are in heauines through manifolde tentations 7 That the triall of your faith being muche more precious then golde that perisheth thogh it be tried with fyre might be fouÌde vnto your praise and honour and glorie at the appearing of Iesus Christ. 8 Whome ye haue not sene and yet loue him in whome now thogh ye se him not yet do you beleue and reioyce with ioye vnspeakeable and glorious 9 Receiuing the
shal receiue an incorruptible crowne of glorie 5 Like wise ye yonger submit your selues vnto the elders and submit your selues euerie man one to another * decke your selues in wardely in low lines of minde for God * resisteth the proud giueth grace to the huÌble 6 Humble * your selues therefore vnder the mightie hand of God that he may exalt you in due time 7 Cast * all your care on him for he careth for you 8 Be sober and watch for * your aduersarie the deuil as a roaring lyon walk eth about seking whome he may deuoure 9 Whome resist sted fast in the faith knowing that the same afflictions are accomplished in your brethren which are in the worlde 10 And the God of all grace which hath called vs vnto his eternal glorie by Christ Iesus after that ye haue suffred a litel make you perfect coÌfirme strengthen stablish you 11 To him be glorie and dominion for euer and euer Amen 12 By Siluanus a faithful brother vnto you as I suppose haue I writen briefly exhorting and testifying how that this is the true grace of God where in ye stand 13 The Church that is at Babylon elected to gether with you saluteth you and Marcus my sonne 14 Grete ye one another with the * kysse of loue Peace be with you all which are in Christ Iesus Amen THE SECONDE EPISTLE general of Peter THE ARGVMENT THe effect of the Apostle here is to exhorte them which haue once ãâã the true faith of ãâã to stande to the same euen to the last breath also that God by his effectual grace towardesmen moueth them to holines of life in punishing the hypocrites which abuse his Name and in increasing his gifts in the godlie wherefore by godlie life he being now almost at deaths dore exhorteth them to approue their vocation not setting their affection on worldlie things as he had oft writ vnto them but lifting their eyes towarde heauen as they be taught by the Gospel whereof he is a cleare witnes chiefly in that he heard with his owne eares that Christ was proclaimed from heauen to be the Sonne of God as likewise the Prophetes testified And lest they shulde promise to them selues quietnes by professing the Gospel he warneth them bothe of troubles which they shulde susteine by the false teachers and also by the mockers and ãâã of religion whose maners and trade he liuely setteth forthe as in a table aduertising the faithful not onely to waite diligently for Christ but also to beholde presently the day of his comming and to preserue them selues vnspotted against the same CHAP. I. 4 Forasmuche as the power of God hathe giuen them all things perteining vnto life he exhorteth them to flee the corruption of worldlie lusts 10 To make their calling sure with good workes and frutes of faith 14 He maketh mention of his owne death 17 Declaring the Lord Iesus to be the true Sonne of God as he him self had sene vpon the mounte 1 SIMON Peter a seruant and an Apostle of IESVSCRIST to you which haue obteined like precious faith with vs by the rightousnes of our God and Sauiour Iesus Christ. 2 Grace and peace be multiplied to you by the knowledge of God and of Iesus our Lord 3 According as his godlie power hathe giuen vnto vs all things that perteine vnto life and godlines through the knowledge of him that hathe called vs vnto glorie and vertue 4 Whereby most great and precious promises are giuen vnto vs that by them ye shulde be ãâã of the godlie nature in that ye flee the corruption which is in the worlde through lust 5 Therefore giue euen all diligence thereunto ioyne moreouer vertue with your faith and with vertue knowledge 6 And with knowledge temperaÌce and with temperance pacience and with pacience godlines 7 And with godlines brotherlie kindenes and with brotherlie kindenes loue 8 For if these things be among you and abun de they wil make you that ye nether shal be ydle nor vnfruteful in the knowledge of our Lord Iesus Christ. 9 For he that hathe not these things is blinde and can not se farre of and hathe forgotten that he was purged from his olde sinnes 10 Wherefore brethren giue rather diligence to make your calling and election sure for if ye do these things ye shal neuer fall 11 For by this meanes an entring shal be ministred vnto you abundaÌtly into the euerlastiug kingdom of our Lord Sauiour Iesus Christ. 12 Wherefore I wil not be negligent to put you alwais in remembrance of these things thogh that ye haue knowledge and be stablished in the present trueth 13 For I thinke it mete as long as I am in this tabernacle to stirre you vp by putting you in remembrance 14 Seing I knowe that the time is at hand that I must lay downe this my tabernacle euen as our Lord Iesus Christ hathe * she wed me 15 I wil endeuour therefore alwaise that ye also may be able to haue remembraÌce of these things after my departing 16 For we folowed not * deceiueable fables when we opened vnto you the power and comming of our Lord Iesus Christ but with our eyes we saw his maiestie 17 For he receiued of God the Father honour and glorie wheÌ there came suche a voyce to him froÌ the excellent glorie * This is my beloued Sonne in whome I am well pleased 18 And this voyce we heard wheÌ it came from heaueÌ being with him in the holye mounte 19 We haue also a moste sure worde of the Prophetes to the whiche ye do well that ye take hede as vnto a light that shineth in a darke place vntil the day dawne and the daye starre arise in your hearts 20 * So that ye first know this that no prophecie in the Scripture is of anie priuate motion 21 For the Prophecie came not in olde time by the wil of man but holie men of God spake as they were moued by the holie Gost. CHAP. II. He prophecieth of false teaches and sheweth their punishment 1 BVt * there were false prophetes also among the people euen as there shal be false teachers among you whiche priuely shal bring in daÌnable heresies euen denying the Iord that hathe boght them and bryng vpon them selues swift damnation 2 And manie shall followe their damnable wayes by whome the way of trueth shal be euil spoken of 3 And through couetousnes shall they with fained wordes make marchandise of you whose iudgement long agone is not farre of and their damnation slepeth not 4 For if God spared not the * Angels that had sinned but caste them downe into hell and deliuered them into chaines of darkenes to be kept vnto damnation 5 Nether hathe spared the olde worlde but saued * Noe the eight persone a
haue handled of the Worde of life 2 For the life appeared and we haue sene it and beare witnes aÌd she we vnto you the eternal life which was with the Father and appeared vnto vs 3 That I say which we haue sene and heard declare we vnto you that ye may also haue felowship with vs and that our felowship also may be with the Father and with his Sonne Iesus Christ. 4 And these things write we vnto you that your ioye may be ful 5 This then is the message which we haue heard of him and declare vnto you that God * is light in him is no darkenes 6 If we say that we haue felowship with him and walke in darkenes we lye and do not truely 7 But if we walke in the light as he is in the light we haue felowship one with another and the * blood of Iesus Christ his Sonne clenseth vs from al sinne 8 * If we say that we haue no sinne we deceiue our selues and trueth is not in vs. 9 If we acknowledge our sinnes he is faithful and iust to forgiue vs our sinnes and to clense vs from all vnrighteousnes 10 If we say we haue not sinned we make him a lier and his worde is not in vs. CHAP. II. 1 Christ is our Aduocate 19 Of true loue and how it is tried 18 To beware of Antichrist 1 MY babes these things write I vnto you that ye sinne not and if any man sinne we haue an Aduo cat with the Father Iesus Christ the Iust. 2 And he is the reconciliation for our sinnes and not for ours onely but also for the sinnes of the whole worlde 3 And hereby we are sure that we know him if we kepe his commandements 4 He that saith I knowe hym and kepeth not his commandements is a lier and the trueth is not in him 5 But he that kepeth his worde in hym is the loue of God perfite indede hereby we know that we are in him 6 He that saith he remaineth in hym ought euen so to walke as he hathe walked 7 Brethren I write no newe commandement vnto you but an olde commandement whiche ye haue had from the beginning the olde commandement is the worde whiche ye haue heard from the beginning 8 Againe a newe commandement I write vnto you that whiche is true in him and ãâã in you for the darkenes is past the true light now shineth 9 He that saith that he is in the light and hateth his brother is in darkenes vntill this time 10 * He that loueth his brother abideth in the light and there is none occasion of euil in hym 11 But he that hateth his brother is in darkenes and walketh in darkenes knoweth not whither he goeth because that darkenes hathe blinded his eyes 12 Litle children I write vnto you because your sinnes are forgiuen you for his Names sake 13 I write vnto you fathers because ye haue knowen hym that is from the beginnyng I write vnto you yong men because ye haue ouercome the wicked 14 I write vnto you babes because ye haue knowen the Father I haue written vnto you fathers because ye haue knowen hym that is froÌ the beginning I haue writen vnto you yong men because ye are strong the word of God abideth in you and ye haue ouercome the ãâã 15 Loue not the worlde nether the things that are in the worlde If any man loue the*world the loue of the Father is not in hym 16 For all that is in the worlde as the luste of the flesh the luste of the eyes and the pride of life is not of the Father but is of the worlde 17 And the worlde passeth awaye and the luste thereof but he that fulfilleth the will of God abideth euer 18 Babes it is the last time and ye haue heard that Antichrist shall come euen now are there many Antichrists whereby we know that it is the last time 19 They went out from vs but thei were not of vs for if they had bene of vs they wolde haue continued with vs. But this commeth to passe that it might appeare that they are not all of vs. 20 But ye haue an ointement from hym that is Holie and ye haue knowen all things 21 I haue not written vnto you because ye knowe not the trueth but because ye know it and that no lye is of the trueth 22 Who is a lyer but he that denyeth that Iesus is Christ the same is the Antichrist that denyeth the Father and the Sonne 23 Whosoeuer denyeth the Sonne the same hathe not the Father 24 Let therefore abide in you that same which ye haue heard from the beginnyng If that whiche ye haue heard from the beginnyng shall remaine in you ye also shall contine we in the Sonne and in the Father 25 And this is the promes that he hathe promised vs euen eternall life 26 These things haue I writen vnto you concernyng them that deceiue you 27 But the anointyng whiche ye receyued of hym dwelleth in you and ye nede not that any man teache you but as the same Anointing teacheth you of al things and it is true and is notlying and as it taught you ye shall abide in him 28 And now litle children abyde in hym that when he shal appeare we may be bolde and not be ashamed before hym at his comming 29 If ye knowe that he is righteous knowe ye that he whiche doeth righteously is borne of him CHAP. III. 1 The singular loue of God towarde vs. 7 And how we againe ought to loue one another 1 BEholde what loue the Father hathe shewed on vs that we shulde be called the sonnes of God for this cause the worlde knoweth you not because it knoweth not hym 2 Dearly beloued now are we the sonnes of God but yet it doeth not appeare what we shal be and we knowe that when he shall appeare we shal be like him for we shall se him as he is 3 And euerie man that hathe this hope in him purgeth him self euen as he is pure 4 Whosoeuer committeth sinne transgresseth also the Law for sinne is the transgression of the Law 5 And ye knowe that he appeared that he might * take away our sinnes and in hym is no sinne 6 Whosoeuer abideth in hym sinneth not whosoeuer sinneth hathe not sene him nether hathe knowen hym 7 Litle children let no man deceiue you he that doeth righteousnes is righteous as he is righteous 8 He that * committeth sinne is of the deuill for the deuill sinneth from the beginnyng for this purpose appeared the Sonne of God that he might lose the workes of the deuill 9 Whosoeuer is borne of God sinneth not for his sede
God was opened in heauen and there was sene in his Temple the Arke of his couenaÌt and there were lightnings and voyces and thoÌdrings and earthquake and muche haile CHAP. XII 1 There appeareth in heauen a woman clothed with the sunne 7 Michael fighteth with the dragon which persecureth the woman 11. The victorie is gotten to the comfort of the faithful 1 ANd there appeared a great wonder in heauen A woman clothed with the iunne and the moo ne was vnder her fete and vpon her head a crowne of twelue starres 2 And she was with childe and cryed trauailing in birth and was pained readie to be ãâã 3 And there appeared another wonder in heauen for beholde a great red dragon hauing seuen heades and ten hornes and seuen crownes vpon his heads 4 And his taile drue the third parte of the star res of heauen and cast them to the earth And the dragon stode before the woman which was readie to be deliuered to deuoure her childe when she had broght it forthe 5 So she broght forthe a man childe whiche shulde rule all nations with a * rod of yron and her sonne was taken vp vnto God and to this throne 6 And the woman fled into wildernes where she hathe a place prepared of God that they shulde fede her there a thousand two hundreth and threscore dayes 7 And there was a battel in heauen Michael and his Angels foght against the dragon and the dragon foght and his Angels 8 But they preuailed not nether was their pla ce founde anie more in heauen 9 And the great dragon that olde serpent called the deuil and Satan was cast out which deceiueth all the worlde he was euen cast into the earth and his Angels were cast out with him 10 TheÌ I heard a loude voyce saying Now is saluation in heauen and strength and the kingdome of our God and the power of his Christ for the accuser of our brethren is cast downe which accused them before our God day and night 11 But they ouercame him by the blood of the Lambe and by the worde of their testi monie and they loued not their liues vnto the death 12 Therefore reioyce ye heauens and ye that dwell in theÌ Wo to the inhabitants of the earth and of the sea for the deuil is come downe vnto you which hathe great wrath knowing that he hathe but a short time 13 And when the dragon sawe that he was cast vnto the earth he persecuted the womaÌ which had broght forthe the man childe 14 But to the woman were giuen two winges of a greate egle that she myght flie into the wildernes into ther place where she nourished for a time and times and halfe a time from the presence of the serpent 15 And the serpent cast out of his mouth was water after the woman lyke a flood that he myght cause her to be caryed awaye of the flood 16 But the earth holpe the woman and the earth opened her mouth and swalowed vp the flood whiche the dragon had cast out of his mouth 17 Then the dragon was wroth with the woman and wente and made warre wyth the remnant of her sede whiche kepe the commandements of God and haue the testimonie of Iesus Christ. 18 And I stode on the sea sand CHAP. XIII 1.8 The beast deceiueth the reprobate 2. 4. 12. And is confirmeth by another 17 The priuiledge of the beastes marke 1 ANd I sawe a beast rise out of the sea hauing seuen heads and ten hornes and vpon his hornes were ten crownes and vppon his heades the name of blasphemie 2 And the beast which I sawe was lyke a leoparde and hys fete lyke a beares and hys mouth as the mouth of a lion and the dragon gaue him his power and his throne and great autoritie 3 And I sawe one of hys heades as it were wounded to death but his deadlie wounde was healed and al the worlde wondred and followed the beast 4 And they worshipped the dragon which gaue power vnto the beast and they worship ped the beast sayinge Who is lyke vnto the beast who is able to warre with ãâã 5 And there was giuen vnto hym a ãâã that spake greate thynges and blasphemies and power was giuen vnto hym to do two and fortie moneths 6 And he opened his mouth vnto blasphemie against God to blaspheme his Name aÌdhis tabernacle and them that dwel in heauen 7 And it was giuen vnto hym to make warre wyth the Saintes and to ouercomethem and power was giuen him ouer euerie kinred and tongue and nation 8 Therefore all that d well vpon the earth shal worship hym whose names are not * writen in the Boke of life of the Lambe whiche was slaine froÌ the beginning of the worlde 9 If anie man haue an eare let him heare 10 If anie lead into captiuitie he shal go into captiuitie ifanie kill with a sworde he must be killed by a sworde here is the pacience and the faith of the Saintes 11 And I behelde another beast commyng vp out of the earth whiche had two hornes like the LaÌbe but he spake like the dragoÌ 12 And he did all that the first beast colde do before him and he caused the earth aÌd them whiche dwel therein to worship the firste beast whose deadlie wounde was healed 13 And he did great wonders so that he made fyre to come down froÌ heauen on the earth in the sightof men 14 And deceiued them that dwel on the earth by the signes which were permitted to him to do in the sight of the beast saying to theÌ that dwel on the earth that they shuld make the image of the beaste whiche had the wounde of a sworde and did liue 15 And it was permitted to him to giue ãâã spirit vnto the image of the beast so that the image of the beaste shulde speake and shulde cause that as manie as wolde not worshyp the image of the beast shulde be killed 16 And he made al bothe small and great riche and poore fre aÌd bonde ãâã receiue a marke in their right hand or in their forheads 17 And that no man might bye or sell saue he that had the marke or the name of the beast or the nomber of his name 18 Heare is wi dome Let hym that hathe wit count the nomber of the beaste for it is the nomber of a man and his nomber is six hun dreth threscore and six CHAP. XIIII 1 The notable companie of the LaÌbe 6 One Angel annouÌ ãâã the Gospel 8 Another the fal of Babylon 9 And the ãâã warneth to flee from the beast 13 Of their blessed nes which dye in the Lord. 18 Of the Lords haruest 1 THen Iloked and lo a
fornication and liued in pleasure with her when they shal se the smoke of her burning 10 And shal stande a farre of for feare of her torment saying Alas alas the great citie Babylon the mightie citie for in one houre is thy iudgement come 11 And the marchants of the earth shal wepe and waile ouer her for no man byeth their ware any more 12 The ware of golde and siluer and of precious stone and of pearles and of fine linen and of purple and of silke and of skarlet and of all maner of Thyne wood and of al vessels of yuorie and of all vessels of moste precious wood and of brasse and of yron and of marble 13 And of synamon and odours and ointments and franck incense and wine and oile and fine floure and wheat and beastes and shepe and horses and charets and seruants and soules of men 14 And the apples that thy soule lusted after are departed from thee and al things which were fat and excellent are departed froÌ thee and thou shalt finde them no more 15 The marchants of these things which were waxed riche shall stand a farre of from her for feare of her torment weping wailyng 16 And saying Alas alas the greate citie that was clothed in fine linen and purple skarlet and guilded with golde and precious stone and pearles 17 For in one houre so greate riches are come to desolation And euerie shippe master and all the people that occupie shippes and shipmen and whosoeuer trauaill on the sea shal stand a farre of 18 And crye when they se the smoke of her burnyng saying What citie was like vnto this great citie 19 And they shall cast dust on their heads crye weping and wailing and say Alas alas the great citie where in were made riche all that had shippes on the sea by her costlines for in one houre she is made desolate 20 O heauen reioyce of her and ye holie Apostles and Prophetes for God hathe giueÌ your iudgement on her 21 Then a mightie Angel toke vp a stone lyke a great milstone and cast it into the sea saying With suche violence shall the great citie Babylon be cast shal be founde no more 22 And the voyce of harpers and musicians and of pipers and trumpetters shal be heard no more in thee and no craftes man of what soeuer crafte he be shal be founde anymore in thee and the founde of a milstone shal be heard no more in thee 23 And the light of a candle shall shine no more in thee and the voyce of the bridegrome and of the bride shal be hearde no more in thee for thy marchants were the great men of the earth and wyth thine inchantements were deceiued all nations 24 And in her was founde the blood of the Pro phetes and of the Saintes and of al that were slaine vpon the earth CHAP. XIX 1 Praises are giuen vnto God for iudging the whore and for auenging the blood of his seruants 10 The Aungell will not be worshipped 17 The fouls and birdes are called to the slaughter 1 ANd after these things I heard a great voyce of a greate multitude in heauen saying Hallelu-iah saluacion aÌd glorie and ho nour and power be to the Lord our God 2 For true and righteous are his iudgemeÌts for he hathe condemned the greate whore which did corrupt the earth with her fornicacion and hath aduenged the blood of his seruants shed by her hand 3 And againe they sayd Hallelu-iah and her smoke rose vp for euermore 4 And the foure and twentie Elders and the foure beastes fell downe and worshyped God that ãâã on the throne saying Amen Hallelu-iah 5 Then a voice came out of the throne saying Praise our God al ye his seruants and ye that feare him bothe smale and great 6 And I heard like a voyce of a greate multitude and as the voyce of manie waters and as the voyce of strong thondrings saying Hallelu-iah for our Lord God almyghtie hathe reigned 7 Let vs be glad and reioyce and giue glorie to him for the mariage of the LaÌbe is come and his wife hathe made her selfe readie 8 And to her was gtaunted that she shulde be araied wyth pure fyne linen and shyning for the fine linen is the righteousnes of Sainctes 9 Then he said vnto me Write * Blessed are they which are called vnto the Lambes sup per. And he sayd vnto me These wordes of God are true 10 And I fell before hys feete * to worshippe hym but he sayd vnto me Se thou do it not I am thy fellowe seruant and one of the brethren whiche haue the testimonie of Iesus Worship God for the testimonie of Iesus is the spirit of prophecie 11 And I sawe heauen open and beholde a white horse and he that sate vpon him was called Faithful and true and he iudgeth and fighteth righteously 12 And hys eyes were as a flame of fyre and on his head were manie cro wnes and had a name written that no man knewe but hym self 13 And * he was clothed with a garment dipte in bloode and hys name is called THE WORDE OF GOD. 14 And the warriers whyche were in heauen folowed hym vppon white horses clothed with sine linen white and pure 15 And out of hys mouth wente out a sharpe sworde that with it he shulde smite the heathen for he * shall rule them with arod of yron for he it is that treadeth the wyne presse of the fiercenes aÌd wrath of almightie God 16 And he hathe vppon hys garment and vppon hys thygh a name written * THE KING OF KINGS AND LORDE OF LORDS 17 And I sawe an Aungell stand in the sunne who cryed with a lowde voyce saying to all the foules that did flye by the middes of hea uen Come and gather your selues together vnto the supper of the great God 18 That ye may eat the fleshe of Kynges and the fleshe of hie Captaines and the fleshe of mightie men and the fleshe of horses and of them that sit on them and the flesh of all fre men and bondemen and of smale and great 19 And I sawe the bèast and the Kinges of the earth and their warriers gathered together to make battel against him that sate on the horse and against his souldiers 20 But the beast was taken and wyth hym that false Prophete that wroght miracles before hym whereby he deceyued them that receyued the beastes marke and them that worshiped his image These both were aliue caste into a lake of fyre burnyng wyth brimstone 21 And the remnant were slayne wyth the sworde of hym that sitteth vppon the horse which cometh out of his mouth and all the foules were filled full with their flesh CHAP. XX. 2 Satan being bounde for a certeine time 7 And
shal be punished for our faute h He ãâã the Prophetes wordes and ther fore colde beleue nothing as thei which are more ãâã theÌ godlie ãâã ãâã more perils then nedeth i There are no more left but thei or the rest are consumed with the ãâã as the rest of the people â Or two horses of the charet which were accu ãâã ãâã drawe in the ãâã k Which he spake by the ãâã of ãâã ãâã 1. l As the people preased out of the gate ãâã runne to the Syrians ãâã where they had heard was meat and great spoile ãâã Chap. 4 ãâã a VVhere ãâã ãâã ãâã a commodious place to dwel where as ãâã ãâã b That is to complaine on th m which had taken her possessions whiles she was ãâã c Gods wonder ful prouidence appeareth in this that ãâã caused the king to be de sirous to heare of him whome before ãâã ãâã ned and also he ãâã ãâã an ãâã to the poure widowes sure d The king caused that to be iuslely restored which was wrongfully l. olden from her e Of all the chief est and precious things of the countrey f Meaning that he shulde recouer of this disease ãâã he knewe that this messenger Hazael shul de ãâã him to obteine the king dome g That I shulde be ãâã al ãâã pitie h Vnder ãâã to ãâã or ease him he slyffed him with this ãâã i Read Chap. 1. 17. k He was confir med in his king dome after his fathers death l The holy Gost sheweth hereby what danger it is to ioyne with infideles 2. Sam. 7. 13. m Which had bene subiect froÌ Dauids time vntil this time of Iehorám n This was a citie in Iudáh giueÌ to the Leuites Ios h. ãâã and af ter turned from King Iehorám be cause of his ãâã 2. Chro. 22. 1. o Which is to be vnderstand thathe was made King when his father reigned but after his fathers death he was ãâã King wheÌ he was fourtie two yere olde as 2. Chro. 22. 2. p Which was ãâã in the tribe of Gad beyon del ordén q This is a citie belonging to the tribe of ãâã a Prepare thy sel fe to go ãâã aboutthy busines for in those coun treis they vsed long garments which they tucked vp when they went about earnest busines 1. Kin. 19. 27 â Ebr. from cham ber to chamber b This annointing was for Kings ãâã Propheteswhich were all figures of Messiáh in whome these thre offices were accomplished 1. King 25. 21. 1. Kin 14 10. 21. 21. 1. King 14. 10. and 21. 30. 1. King 16. 3. c That is the rest of the armie whome he called before his brethren ãâã 2. d In this estimation the worlde haue the ministers of God not withstanding for asmuche as the worlde hathe euer standered the children of God yea they called the sonne of God a deceiuer and said he had the deuil therefo re they oght not to be discouraged Chap. 2. ãâã e God had thus ordeined as is red 2. Chro. 22. 7. that this wicked and ãâã King who was more ready to gratifie wicked ãâã ãâã en to obey the wil of God shulde perish with him by whose ãâã he thoght to haue bene stronger â Or followeme f As one that went earnestly about his enterprise g Meaning that ãâã muche as God is their enemie because of their sinnes that he wil euer ãâã vp some to reuen ge his cause 1. King ãâã 23. â Or spake this prophecieagainst him h By this place it is ãâã that Iezebel caused bothe ãâã his sonnes to be put to death that ãâã might enioye his ãâã more quietly forels ãâã ãâã might haue claimed possession i After that he was wounded in ãâã he fled to M giddo which was a citie of ãâã k That is ãâã whole yeres for Chap. 8. 25. before when he said that he began to reigne ãâã ãâã yere of Iorám he taketh parte of the yere for the whole l Being of an hautie and ãâã nature she wolde stil ãâã her ãâã state and dignitie m As thogh she wolde say Can any ãâã or any that riseth against his superior haue good ãâã 1. King 16. 10. â Or chief seruants n This he did by the ãâã of the Spirit of God that her blood shulde be shed that had ãâã the blood of ãâã to be a speÌctacle and example of Gods ãâã to all tyrants o To ãâã of the King of zidon 1 King 16. ãâã â Ebr. by the hand of 1. King ãâã 23. p Thus Gods iud gements appeare euen in this worlde against them that suppresse his worde and perse cute his seruants a The Scripture vseth co cal them sonnes which are ether children or nephewes b He wrote this to picue them ãâã thei wolde take his parte or no. c God as a iuste iudge punis ãâã the wicked children of wicked parents vnto the thirde and fourt generacion d Ye can not ãâã stely ãâã me for the Kings death seing ye haue done the like to his posteritie for the Lord commandedme and moued you to execute this his iudgement â Eb by the hand of 1. King ãâã 29 c Meanirg which ãâã the ãâã priests f Thus Gods ven geance is vpon them that haue any parte or familiaritie with the wicked g For he feared God and lamented the wickednes of those times therefore ãâã was glad to ioyne with him of Recháb read â Or praised God for him Ierem. ãâã 2. h Here Báal is ta ãâã for Ashteroth the idole of the zidonians ãâã Iezebel caused to be wor shiped as it is also so vsed 1. King 16. 32. and 22. 54. â Ebr. ãâã i Thus God wolde haue his seruants preserued and idolaters destroyed as in his Lawe he ãâã expresse coÌmandement â Or he shal dye for him Deut. ãâã k which citie was nere to Samaria l Thus God approueth and rewardeth his zeale in ãâã Gods iudgement albeit hiswicked nes was afterward punished Or to cut them of 2. Chro. 22. ãâã a Meaning all the posteritie of ãâã haphát to whome the king dome apperteined thus God vsed the crueltie of this woman to destroye the whole familie of Aháb b The Lord pro mised to mainteine the familie of Dauid and not to quenche the light thereof therefore he moued the heart of Ieho shéba to preserue him c Where the Priests did lye d The chief Priest ãâã he ãâã hous band 2. Chro. 23. 3. e Of the Leuites which had charge of the keping of the Temple kept watche by course f ãâã none shulde come vpoÌ them while they were crowning the king g Called the Last ãâã of the Temple â ãâã that none ãâã his ordre h Whose charge is ended i Read ãâã 5. and 7. k To wit Iehoiadá l That is Ioásh which had bene kept secret six ye res m Meaning the ãâã of God ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã his throne is ãâã n where the ãâã
26. it is cal led also Epha but Epha is to measured ãâã thyngs as bath is a measure for licours c The very heatheÌ confessed that it was a singular gift of God when hegaue to any na tion a King that was wise and of vnderstanding albeit it appeareth that this HiraÌ had the true knowled ge of God f It is also writeÌ that she was of the tribe of Naph tali 1. King 7. 14. which may be vn ãâã that by reason of the con fusion of tribes which then begaÌ to be thei maried in diuers tribes so that by her father she might be of Dan and by her mother of ãâã â Or shippes â Or Ioppe 1. King 7. 23. a Whiche is the mountaine where Abraham thoght to haue sacrificed his sonne Gene 22. 2. 2 Sam. 24. 16. b Accordynge to the whole length of the Temple coÌ prehending the ãâã holye place ãâã the rest c ãâã conteined as muche as did the breadth of the peo ple 1 King 6. 3. d From the ãâã to the ãâã lot in the ãâã of Kings mencion is made from the fundation to the first stage e Some thinke it is that place whiche is called ãâã 1. King 6. 19. f Which separated the Temple from the moste holy place g Enerie one was eightene cubites long but the halfe cubite colde not be sene for it was hid in the roundenes of the chapiter and therefore he giueth to euerie one but 17. an halfe h For euerie ãâã an hundreth read 1. King 7. 20. Leu. 6. 9. a A great vessel of brasse so called be cause of the great quantitie of was ter whiche it coÌteined 1. King 7. 23 b Meaning vnder the brim of the vessel as 1. King 7. 24. c In the length of euery cubice were tene heades or knoppes which in all are ãâã â Or floure delyner d In the first boke of Kings chap. 7. 26. meÌcion is onelye made of two thousand but the lesse nomber was taken there and here accordynge as ãâã measures proued afterward is declared â Euen as they hulde be made f Called also the porche of SalomoÌ Act. ãâã ãâã It is also taken for the TeÌple where Christ preached Mat 21. 27. â Or caldrons g whome SalomoÌ reueieÌced for the gifts that GOD had giuen him as a father he had the same name also that Huram the King of Tyrus had his mother was alewesh and his lather a TyriaÌ Some read for his father the autour of this worke h In Ebrewe the bread of the faces ãâã they wereser before the Arke where the Lord shewed his presence â Or instrumet is of Musique i That is couered ãâã places of ãâã ãâã King 9. 51. ãâã a Read 2. Sam. 6. 12. b VVheÌ the things were dedicate broght into the Temple c Called in Ebrew Ethanin conteining part of September and ãâã te of October 1. King 8. 2. which moneth the lewes es called the ãâã moneth because they say that the worlde was created in that moneth and ãâã ãâã came from ãâã thei began at ãâã but because this opinion is vncer ãâã we make ãâã euer the ãâã as best writers do â Or without the Oracle d For Aarors rod and Mana were taken thence before it was broght to this place e VVere prepared to serue the Lord f They agreed all in one turne g This was the effect of their songs a After that he had senetheglorie of the Lord in the cloude 1. King 8. 12. â Or power â Or Temple ãâã Sam. 7. 9. â Ebr. that it was in thine heart b ' Meaning the two Tables wherein is conteined the effect of the couenant that God made with our fathers c On a skaffolde that was made for that purpo se that hepraying for the whole peo ãâã might be heard d Bothe to ãâã thankes for the great ãâã of God bestowed vpon him and also to pray for the ãâã and ãâã his people 2. Mac 2 8. Or in effect or by thy power â Ebr. a man shal not be ãâã of 1. King 8. 17. e That ãâã ãâã in effect that thou hast a continual care ouer this a place f By ãâã ãâã thing from him ãâã ãâã by deniyng that which hehathe left to him to kepe or do him any wrong 1 King 8 31. â Ebr. othe g Meaning to him that which he hath deserued â Or praise â Ot toward this place Chap. 20. 9. â Ebr. in the land of their gates h He declareth that ãâã prayers of ãâã ãâã can not be heard ãâã of any but of theÌ ãâã pray vnto God with an vnfained faith and in true repentance i He sheweth that before God there is no acception of persone but all people that feat ãâã Worketh righteousnes is ac cepted Act 10. 35. k Meaning that none oght to enrer prise anyware but at the Lords commandement that is Which is lawful by his Worde â Or according to the maner of this citie 1. King 8. 46. eccles 7 21. 1. Iohn 1. 8. â Or repent â Or mainteine their right Psal. 132 8. l That is into thy Temple m Let ãâã be preserued by thy power and made vertuous and holy n Heare my prayer Which am thine anointed King 9. Mac. 2. 10. a Hereby God declared that hewas pleased with Salomons prayer 1. King 8. 65. â Ebr. by ãâã hands b The feast of the Tabernacles Which Was kept in the seuent mo neth c They assembled to heare the Word of God after that they had remained seuen dayes in the bouthes of the Tabernacles d They hadleaue to departe the two and twentieth day 1. King 8. ãâã but they went not away til the next day 1. King 9. 1. Nom. 12. 6. â I Wil cause the pestilence to cease and destroy the beasts that hurt the frutes of the earth and sendrai ne in due season Chap. 6. 16. f VVhich thing declareth that God had more respect to their saluation then to the aduancement ofhis owne glotie and Whereas men abuse those things Which Godhathe appoin ted to set forthe his praise he doethwith drawe ãâã graces thence a Signifying that he was twentie yere in buylding them 1. King 9. 10. b That is Which HiraÌ gaue ãâã to Salomon because they pleased him not and ther fore called them ãâã that is dirt or filth 1. King 9. 13. c Meaning of mu nitions an ãâã for the Ware d That is he repaired and ãâã them for they Were buylt long before by Seerah a noble woman of the tribe of Ephraim 1. e Read 1. King 7. 2 Chro. 6. 24. â Ebr. to come vp to ãâã f For in all ãâã Were 3300 but here hè ãâã of them that had the principal char ge read 1. King 9. 23. Chap. 4. 1. Exod. 29 39 â Or ãâã the maner of euerie day g Read Leuit 23. 1. Chao 24. 1. h Bothe for the matter and also the Workemanship i Meaning thered Sea
they ãâã hym a right so ãâã did he preserue and prosper them i Or grandmother and herein he shewed that ãâã lacked ãâã for she ought to haued ãâã bothe by the ãâã and by the Lawe of God but he ga ue place to foolishe pitie and wolde also seme after a ãâã to satisfie the Law k VVhich partely came through lacke of zeale in hym partelye through the negligence of hys officers and part ly by the ãâã cion of the people that all were not taken away l Because that God was called the God of Israél by reason of his promes to Iaakob therefore Israélis some time taken for Iudah because Iudah was hys chief people m In respect of his predecessors a VVho reigned after Nadab the sonne of Ieroboam b He fortified ãâã with walles and ditches it was a citie in Beniamin nere to ãâã â Or Darmasek c He thoght to re pulse his aduersa rie by an vnlawfull meanes that is by seking helpe of infideles as they that ãâã Turkes amitie thinkyng therby to make theÌ selues more strong â Or Prophet Chap. 14 9. 2. Mac. 9 5. 12 22. â Ebr. prison house d Thus in ãâã of turning to God by repentan ce he disdained the admonicion of the Prophet and punished him as the wicked do wheÌ they be tolde of their fautes â ãâã goutie or swollen â Or to the top of his head e God plagued his rebellion and hereby declareth that it is nothing to beginne wel except we so coÌtinue to the end that is zealous of Gods glorie put ãâã whole trust in him f He sheweth that it is in vaine to seke to the Phisitians except first we seke to God to purge our sinnes which are the chief cause of all our diseases after vse the help of the phisitian as a meane by whome GOD worketh a That is his vertuest meaning be fore he had committed with Bathshéba and against ãâã b Soght not helpe at strange gods â Ebr. Worke. c He gaue him selfe wholy to serue the Lord. d He knewe it was in vaine to professe religion except such were appointed which colde instruct the people in the same and had au toritie to put away all idolatrie e Thus God prospereth all suche that with a pure heart seke his glo rie and kepeth their enemies in feare that thei caÌ not be able to execute their rage against theÌ â Ebr. in his hand Or next to him f Meaning which was a Nazarian g That is they were as his ordi narie garde 1. King 22 ãâã a For Iorám Iehoshaphats sonne maried Ahabs daughter b That is ãâã third yere 1. King ãâã c To recouer it out of the hands of the ãâã d Heare the adui se of some Prophet to knowe whether it be Gods wil. e VVhiche were the Prophetes of Báal ãâã that the wicked esteme not but flatterers suche as wil beare with their inordinate affections f Yet the true mi ãâã of GOD ought not to cea se to do their due tie thogh the wic ked magistrates ãâã ãâã abide theÌ to speake the ãâã g Meaning that he ought not to refuse to heare ãâã that was of God h That is in their ãâã ãâã apparel i Read 1. King 22 11. k Thinking that where a foure ãâã dreth ãâã had ãâã in one thing that he being but one man and in least estimation durst not gaine say it l He ãâã this by ãâã of the false ãâã as the ãâã ãâã perceiued m He ãâã how the people shulde be dispersed Aháb steane n Meaning his Angels â Or deceiue o That is the Lord. p So they that wil not ãâã the trueth God sendeth strong delusion that they shulde beleue lyes 2. Thess 2 ãâã q By this ãâã his ãâã hypocrisie was discouered thus the ãâã ãâã of the ãâã which they haue not and declare t eir malice against them in whome the true Spirit is r Kepe him streict ly in ãâã and ãâã him fele hungre and thirst â Or ãâã s Thus the wicked thinke by their owne ãâã to escape Gods ãâã which he threatneth by his word r He ãâã to the Lord by acknow ledging his ãâã in going with this wicked King to warre against the worde of the Lord by his Pro phet and also by ãâã ãâã for the same â ãâã in his ãâã or ãâã â Or betwene the habergine u He ãâã his hurt that his souldiers might fight more couragiously â Ebr. in peace a He declareth that the wrath and iudgement of God is oueral suche that supporte the wicked and rather shewe not in dede that they are enemies to all suche as hate the Lord. â Ebr. wrath froÌ the Lord. b He visited all his ãâã and ãâã hys people frome ãâã to the know ledge of the true God c Bothe to preser ãâã ãâã if you do iustely or to punish you if you do ãâã ãâã ãâã 10. 17. d He wil declare by thes ãâã of the punishmeÌt ãâã he ãâã all ãâã Iob. 4 15. Act. 10. ãâã Rom. 2. 11. Gal. 2. 6. Ephe 6 9. Col. ãâã 26. ãâã ãâã e The ãâã aÌd ãâã whiche ãâã ãâã ãâã to the ãâã of the ãâã f ãâã is to trye ãâã ãâã ur ther was done at ãâã or els ãâã ãâã Nomb. 35 11. ãâã 4. ãâã g Meaning that God ãâã punish them ãâã ãâã if they wold not execut ãâã right h Shalbe ãâã o ãâã of the pu ãâã ãâã of ãâã easine i They shal haue ãâã ãâã of ãâã causes k ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã a That is which ãâã the Ammonites in langage apparel The ãâã thinke that they were the ãâã but as mai ãâã by the ãâã ãâã they were the ãâã of mouÌt Seir. b Called the dead sea where God ãâã the ãâã cities for sinne c This declareth what the ãâã of the godlie is whiche is as a pricke to stirre them to prayer aÌd to depend on the Lord where as it moueth the wicked ether to seke after world ly meanes aÌd po licies or els to fal into despaire d He ãâã his prayer vpon Goddes power whereby he is able to helpe aÌd also on his mercie which he wil continue toward his for as muche as he hathe once chosen them and begonne to shew his graces to warde them e Meaning warre whiche commeth by Gods iuste iudgements for our sinnes f That is it is here called vpon and thou declarest thy presence and fauour 1. King 8. ãâã Chap. 6. 28. Deut. 2. 9. Nehem. 13. 3. g VVe onely put our truste in thee and waite for our deliuerance from heauen h That is before the Arke of the couenant i VVhiche was moued by the Spirit of God to prophecie k They fight againste God and not agaynst you therefore he wil fight for you Exod. 14. ãâã â Or ãâã l Declaryng his faith and obedieÌ ce to the worde of the Lord and giuing thankes for the deliueran ãâã
also hys confidence that God doeth ãâã him for his profit g His worde is more precious vnto me then the meat where with the bodie is ãâã h Iob ãâã that at this ãâã he felt not Gods fauour and yet was assured that he had appointed him to a good ende i In manye pointes man is not able to ãâã to Gods iudgementes k That I shulde not be without feare l He sheweth the cause of his feare which is that he beirgin ãâã seeth none end nether yet know et h the cause a Thus Iob speaketh in ãâã and after the iudgemeÌt of the flesh that is that he seeth not the thinges that are done at times ãâã yet hathe a ãâã care ouer all because he punisheth not the wic ked nor reueÌgeth the godlie b VVhen he punisheth the wicked and rewardeth the good c And for crueltie oppression dare not shewe theyr faces d That is spareno diligence e He and his lyus by robbing and murdering f Meaning ãâã poore mans g Signifying that one wicked man wil not spoile an other but for ãâã h The poore are driueÌ by the wicked into rockes holes where they can not lye drye for the rayne i That is they so powle and pille the poore widow that she can not haue to susteyne her selfe that she may be able to giue her child sucke k That is his garment wherewith he shulde be couered or clad l In suche places whiche are appointed for that purpose meaning that those that la bour for the wicked are pined for hungre m For the greate oppression and ãâã ãâã n Crye out call for vengeance o God doeth not coÌdemnethe wicked but semeth to passe ouer it by his long sileÌce p That is Goddes worde because thei are ãâã thereby q By these particu ãâã vices and the licence therunto he wolde proue that God punisheth not the wic ked rewardeth the iuste r He fleeth to the waters for his succour s Thei thinke that all the worlde is bent against theÌ and dare not go by the hieway t As the drye grounde is neuer full with waters so will thei neuer cease sinning till thei come to the graue u Thogh God suffer thewicked for a time yet theyr end shal be moste vile destinction in this point Iob cometh to him self and sheweth his confidence x He sheweth why the wicked shal not be ãâã because he dyd not pitie others y He declareth that after that the wicked haue destroyed the weakest they will do like to the stronger and therefore are iustely preuented by Gods iudgements z That is that ãâã to your reasoning no man can giue a perfite reason ãâã Gods iudgements ãâã me be reproued Chap. xxv a His purpose is to proue that ãâã God trye and afflict the ãâã ãâã son after h sendeth prosperitie and because he did not so to Iob he coÌcludeth that he is ãâã b ãâã can hide him from hisp esence c That is be iuste in respect of God d If God hewe his power the moone ãâã can not haue that light which is giuen them muche lesse can maÌ haue anye ãâã but of ãâã Chap. xxvi a Thou concludest nothing for nether thou ãâã me which am destitute of all helpe ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ly on Gods ãâã who hath nonede of thy defence b But thou doest not applie it to the purpose c That is moueth thee to speake this d Iob ãâã to declare the force of Gods power and prouidence in the mines metals in the depe places of the earth e There is nothiÌg bid in the bottom of the earth but he seeth it f Meaning the graue wherein ãâã ãâã g He causeth the whole heauen to turne aboute the North pole h That is he hideth the ãâã whiche are called his throne i So long as this worlde ãâã k Not that ãâã hathe pillers to vpholde it ãâã he speaketh by a ãâã as thogh he ãâã say The heauen it self is not able to ãâã his ãâã l VVhiche is a figure of ãâã facioned like a serpent because of the crookednes m If these fewe things which we se daily with our eyes declare his ãâã power and prouidence how muche more wolde they appeare if we were able to comprehend all his workes a He hathe so sore afflicted me that men caÌnot iudge of mine vprightnes for thei iudge onely by ãâã signes b Howsoeuer meÌ iudge of me ãâã will I not speake contrarie to that which I haue said so do wickedly in betraying the ãâã c VVhich condeÌne me as a wicked man because the haÌd of God is vppon me ãâã I wil not coÌfesse that God doeth thus punishe ãâã for ãâã sinnes e Of my life past f What aduantage hathe the dissembler to gaine neuer so much seing he shall lose hys owne soule g That is what God reserueth to him self whereof he giueth not the knowledge to all h That is these secret iudgemeÌts of God and yet do not vnderstande them i Why mainteine you then this ãâã k Thus Will God ordre the wicked and punishe him euen vnto his posteritie l None shal ãâã him m Which bredeth in another mans ãâã ãâã garment but is sone shaken ãâã n He meaneth that the wicked tyrants shall not haue a quiet death ãâã be buried honorably a His purpose is to declare that maÌ maye atteine in this Worlde to diuers secrets of nature but man is neuer able to comprehend the wisdome ãâã God b ãâã is nothing but it is coÌpased within certeine limites and ãâã he an end but Gods wisdome c Meaning him that ãâã thereby d VVhiche a man can not wade through e That ãâã corne vnder nethe is ãâã stone or cole which easely coÌceiueth fyre f He alludeth to the mines and secrets of nature which are vnder the earth where into nether soules nor beasles can entre g After that he hath declared the wisdome of God in the secretes of ãâã ãâã describeth his power h Thogh ãâã power and wisdome may be ãâã staÌd in ãâã things yet his heaueÌlie wisdome can not be ãâã vnto i It is to hie a thing for man to atteine vnto in this worlde k I can nether be boght for golde nor precious ãâã but is onelye the gift of God l VVhich is thoght to be a kinde of precious ãâã m Meaning that there ãâã no natural meanes wherby man might atteine to the heaueÌ lie wisdome whiche he ãâã by the ãâã that she hie n He ãâã God onelye the ãâã of this wisdome and the ãâã thereof ãâã ãâã 7. o He declareth that man hathe so much of this heauenlie wisdome as he sheweth by fearing God and departing from ãâã â Ebr. moneths before a When I felt his fauour b I was fre from affliction c That is semed by euident tokeÌs to be more preset with me d By these similitudes he declareth the great prosperitie that he was in so that he
confesse herein mine ignorance that I spakes ãâã not what d He sheweth that he wil be Gods schoker to learne of him e I knewe thee onely before by heare say but now thou hast caused me to fele what thou art to me that I may resigne my self ãâã vnto thee f You toke in haÌd an euil cause in that you condeÌned him by his outward afflictioÌs and not coÌforted him with my mercies g Who had a good cause but handeled it euil h When you haue reconciled your selues to him for the fautes that you haue coÌmited against him he shal pray for you I wil heare him i He deliuered him out of the ãâã fliction wherein he was k That is all his ãâã read Chap. ãâã 13. â Or ãâã or money so marked l God made him twise so riche in ãâã as he was afore gaue him as manie ãâã as he had taken from him m That is of loÌg life or beautiful as the day n As pleasant as ãâã or ãâã spice o That is the hor ne of beautie * Or Praises according to the ãâã were chiefly ãâã to praise giue thankes to God for his benesires They are called the ãâã or SoÌgs of Dauid be cause the moste ãâã were made by him a VVhen a men hathe giuen once place to euil couÌ sel or to his owne coÌcupiscence he beginneth to for get him self in his sin so falleth into contempt of God which con tempt is called the seat of the ãâã b In the holie Scriptures Deut. 6 6. Iosh 1 8. Pro. 6 20. Iere. 17 ãâã c Gods children are so moystened euer with his grace that whatsoeuer cometh vn to theÌ teÌdethly to their saluacioÌ d Thogh the wic ked seme to beare the swinge in this worlde yet the Lord ãâã them downe that they shal not rise nor stand in the compagnie of the righteous e But tremble when they fele Gods wrath f Doeth approue and pro sper like as not to knowe is to reproue and reiect a The conspiracie of ãâã ãâã the ãâã of the iewes and power of Kings ãâã not p ãâã ãâã ãâã Act. 4 25. â Or anointed b ãâã the Wicked say that they Wil cast of the yoke of God and of his Christ. ãâã 1 ãâã c Gods ãâã ãâã that in ãâã his Christ they ãâã against him Act. 13 ãâã d To she We that my ãâã to the ãâã is of God ãâã ãâã e That is to say as touching ãâã ãâã because ãâã Was the ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã to ãâã elected of God So is it applied to Christ in his first comming ãâã to the ãâã f Not onely the Iewes but ãâã GeÌ tiles also g He exhorteth all ãâã to ãâã in time ãâã 1. 27. h in signe of hoÌmage i When the Wicked shal say ãâã reste ãâã yet to ãâã but in the ãâã ãâã of ãâã ãâã ãâã shal ãâã ãâã ãâã 2. ãâã ãâã a This ãâã a tokeÌ of his ãâã ãâã that for all his troubles he had his ãâã to God b ãâã here signineth ãâã vp of the ãâã to cause vs to ãâã the ãâã as a thing of great ãâã c When he coÌside ãâã the ãâã of Gods ãâã omes ãâã the same his ãâã inc ãâã ãâã d Be the dangers neuer so great or ãâã ãâã GOD hathe ãâã ãâã to deliuer ãâã a Among them that Were appoin ted ãâã sing the ãâã and to play on the ãâã ãâã one ãâã appointed chief to set the ãâã to ãâã who had the charge because he was moste excellent and he begaÌ this ãâã on the instru ment called ãâã or in a ãâã so called b Thou that are the defender of my iust cause c Bothe of minde and body d Ye that thinke your selues noble in this Worlde e Thogh your en terprises please you neuer so muche yet God Wil bring them to noght f A King that Walkethin his vo ãâã g For feare of ãâã ãâã h ãâã your ãâã i ãâã God pure ãâã and not With outward ceremo ãâã k The multitude ãâã Worldlie Welth but Dauid ãâã his ãâã in Gods ãâã l This ãâã in Ebrew may be re ãâã to God as it is here ãâã ãâã or to Dauid signifying that he shulde dwel as ioyfully alone as if he had manie about him be ãâã the Lord is ãâã him â Or a ãâã st ãâã ãâã tune Psal. ãâã a That is my ãâã prayer secret complaint ãâã b VVich pacience and trust til I be ãâã c Seing that God ãâã nature hatteth Wickednes he ãâã ãâã the Wicked sa ue the godlie d VVhich runne moste ragingly after their ãâã ãâã e In the deepest of his ãâã he ãâã his ful confidence in God f ãâã ãâã ãâã iust therefore lead me out of the ãâã s of mi ne enemies Rom. 3 ãâã â Or cause them to erre g Let their deuisescome to noght h Thy fauour toWarde me shall ãâã me the ãâã of all others â Or giue good successe i So that he shall be safe frome all dangers ãâã 0 ãâã a Thogh I deserue destruction yet let thy mercye ãâã my ãâã ãâã b For my Whole ãâã is abated c ãâã conscience is also touched With the feare of Gods iudgement d ãâã lamenteth that occasion shulde be taken frome hym to praise god in the ãâã â Or mine eye is ãâã ãâã Were With Wormes e God sendeth coÌ fort and boldnes in affliction that We may ãâã e ouer ãâã enemies f VVhen the Wicked thinke that the godlie shall ãâã God deliuereth them suddenly aÌd destroy eth their enemies â Or kinde of tune â Or accusation ãâã Sam. 16. 7. a He desireth God to deliuer him from the rage of cruel Saul b VVhere With ãâã ãâã me c If I ãâã not Saul ãâã ãâã ãâã and ãâã ued hys ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã 8. d Let me not ãâã dye but be dis ãâã for euer e In ãâã me the kigdome f Not onely for ãâã e ãâã ãâã thy ãâã ãâã declare ãâã power g As ãâã my ãâã to ãâã ãâã and mine enemies h Thogh they ãâã a ãâã cause against me yet God shal ãâã d ge their ãâã i He doeth conti ãâã ãâã the W. ked to ãâã tance by some signe ãâã his iudgement es k Except Saul ãâã ne his mynde ãâã dye for he ãâã bothe men and Weapons to destroye me Thus consideryng hys great danger he ãâã gods grace ãâã 59. 4. Iob. 15. 35. l In keping faith fully ãâã ãâã With me â Or kinde ãâã ãâã or tune â Or noble or ãâã a ãâã the Wic ked Wolde ãâã Gods praises yet the very babes are ãâã Witnesses of the same â Or established Or confunde b It had bene suf ficient for him to haue set forthe his glorie by ãâã heauens thogh he had not come so low as to ãâã ãâã is but ãâã c Touchyng hys first creation d By the temporal gifts of mans creation he is led to ãâã the benefites
were afraied to shew meanie token of frendship i Thei that were in autotitie con demned me as a wicked doer k I had this ãâã monie of conscience that thou woldest defend mine innoceÌcie l Whatsoeuer changes come thou gouernest them by thy prouidence m Let death destroy theÌ to thein ãâã that thei may hurt no more n The treasures of Gods mercie are alwaies laied vp in store for his ãâã albeit at all times thei do ãâã enioye them â Ebr. in the secret of thy face o That is in a place where thei shal haue thy coÌfort and be hid safely from the enemies pride p Meaning there was no citie so strong to preserue him as the defence of Gods fauour q And so by my rashnes and infidelitie deserued to haue bene forsaken â Or ye that fele his mercies r Be constant in your vocation God wil confirme you with hea uenlie strength a Concerning thefre remission of sinnes which is the chiefest point of our faith b To be iustified by faith is to haue our sinnes frely ãâã and to be reputed iust Rom. 4. 6. c Betwene ãâã and despaire d Nether by silence nor crying found Iease signi fying that before the sinner be reconciled to God he feeleth a perpetual ãâã e He sheweth that as Gods mer cie is the onclie cause of forgiuenes of sinnes so the ãâã there of are repentance ãâã confession which procede of faith f WheÌ necessitie causeth him to seke to thee for helpe g To ãâã the waters great dangers h Dauid promiseth to make the rest of Gods children partakers of the ãâã which he felt that he wil diligently loke and take care to direct them in the waie of ãâã Isa. 55. 6. i If men can rule brute beastes thinke thei that God wil not bridle and ãâã their rage k He sheweth that peace and ioy of conscience in the holie ãâã is the frute of faith a It is the duerie of the god ye to set forth the praises of God for hys ãâã power shewed toward them b To sing on instruments was a parte of the ãâã seruice of the ãâã whiche doeth no ãâã ãâã vnto vs then the sacrifices ãâã and ãâã c ãâã counsell or commandemeÌt in gouerning the worlde d That is the effect and executioÌ e Howsoeuer he worlde ãâã of Gods ãâã yethe ãâã all things accordyng to ãâã mercie f By the creatioÌ of the ãâã and beautifull ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã gathering also of the ãâã he ãâã ãâã ãâã the powe o GOD ãâã all creatures ãâã ãâã him â O ãâã g No ãâã can ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã he ãâã ãâã and it shal ãâã ãâã h He ãâã that ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã that the Lorde is our God i He ãâã that all thinges are gouerned v Goddes prouidence not by fortune k Therefore he knoweth their wicked enterprises l If Kings and the mightie of the ãâã cannot be sauedby ãâã ãâã ãâã onely by ãâã ro ãâã what ãâã others to trust in that haue not like meanes m God sheweth that towarde hys of his mercie whi che man ãâã no meanes is able to compasse n Thus he speakethin the name of the whole Churche whiche orely depend on ãâã prouidence a He ãâã neuer to become ãâã of Gods greate benefite for his deliuerance b Thei ãâã are ãâã downe with the expe ãâã of ãâã owne ãâã c VVhich I conceiued for the daÌgers wherein I was d ãâã shal be bold to ãâã to thee for succour wheÌ they shall se thy mercies to ãâã me e ãâã Goddes ãâã be ãâã to gouerne vs. ãâã for mans infirmitie he ãâã his Angels to ãâã ouer vs. f The godlie by their ãâã ãâã ãâã more then hei whiche ãâã and ãâã g ãâã thei abide the last ãâã h That is ãâã true religion and worship of God 1 Pet 3. ãâã i ãâã gall men na turally desire ãâã he wondereth why thei cast hem ãâã willingly into miserie k The angre of God ãâã not onely destroie the wicked ãâã also ãâã heth ãâã name sor euer l VVhen thei ãâã to be ãâã vp with ãâã theÌ God is at haÌd to deliuer them m And as ãâã ãâã al the ãâã of his head n Their wicked entreprises shall turne to their owne ãâã o For when they seme to be ouercome with great daÌgers and dea it self then ãâã sheweth ãâã their ãâã Psal. xxxv a He ãâã God to ãâã his cause ãâã them ãâã did ãâã him and ãâã him b ãâã God can with his breath destroy all his enemies yet the holy Goit ãâã vnto him these outward ãâã to assure vs of hys ãâã power c Assure me againste these tentations that thou art the ãâã of my saluation d Smie theÌ with the spirit of giddines that their ãâã maye be foolish and they receyue ãâã rewarde e Shewing that we ãâã call ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã f ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã g ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã h ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã i That wolde not ãâã ãâã ãâã k To haue taken from me all ãâã and broght me into dispaire l I prayed for the with inward affection as I wolde haue done for my ãâã I declared mine ãâã with ãâã ãâã ãâã head ãâã ãâã saw me ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã o ãâã word ãâã ãâã ãâã that the proude ãâã at ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and ãâã ãâã death n With their ãâã ãâã ãâã token of ãâã mocking ãâã of the ãâã ãâã ãâã q Their eloyced as thogh they had now sene Dauid ouer throwen r ãâã is the iustice of God to giue to the ãâã affliction ãâã and to the oppressed ãâã relief 2. Thes. 1. 6. s Because we haue that which we soght for seing he is destroyed t That is at once were they neuer so ãâã or mightie u This praier shal ãâã be verified against them that persecure the ãâã x That at least fauour my ryght thoght thei be not able to helpeme y He ãâã the ãâã to prai se God for the ãâã of hys ãâã and for the ãâã of his ãâã a ãâã ãâã by his ãâã that ãâã ãâã forward the ãâã from wicked nes to wickednes ãâã go about to couer his impieric b Thogh all other ãâã his vile sinne yet he ãâã selfe seeth it not c The ãâã ãâã at ãâã doctrine and put not difference ãâã good and euill d By describing at large the nature of the ãâã he ãâã the ãâã beware of these vices e Thogh wickednes ãâã to ãâã all the ãâã yet by thine ãâã prouidence thou ãâã ãâã and earth â Ebr. the mountaines of God ãâã whatsoeuer is excellent is thus called f The depth of thy prouidence gouerneth all things disposeth them albert the wicked seme to ouer whelme the world g Onely Gods chil dren haue ynough of all things bothe ãâã this life ãâã ãâã h He sheweth who are Gods children to wit they that know ãâã ãâã ãâã vprightly i Let not the
ãâã ãâã oppointed it is sufficient f Alwaies ãâã nede requireth â ãâã gaue his ce g Thei are assur ãâã God can defend his ãâã from all danger enemies h To withow he hathe destro his enemies ãâã liuered his ãâã i He warneth that persecute Church to ãâã their ãâã els thei shal ãâã that God is to ãâã for strong forth against ãâã thei fight a Here is ãâã Christ vnto ãâã me all his ãâã giue willing ãâã dience and ãâã wolde shew ãâã self terrible to ãâã wicked b He hathe ãâã the Iewes ãâã were the ãâã of the Law ãâã Prophets scholer ãâã to ãâã that thei ãâã with gladnes ãâã them c God hathe ãâã vs aboue all ãâã to enioye a ãâã glorious ãâã ce d He doeth ãâã vnto the trumpets that were blowne at solemne feastes but he doeth further signifie ãâã triumph of Christ and his glorious ascension into the heauens ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã he ãâã ãâã singing lest ãâã Name of God ãâã ãâã ãâã vaine crying He ãâã God ãâã for that ãâã the great princes of the Worlde whome he ãâã hields to the feloship of his Church Some put this ãâã ãâã betwe ãâã a long and ãâã saying ãâã it is called a ãâã when there ãâã ãâã instrument ãâã the ãâã and ãâã Psalme the coÌ ãâã The song of ãâã Psalme is ãâã ãâã instruments be ãâã and the voi ãâã ãâã weth The ãâã of the ãâã ãâã contrary ãâã God ãâã his ãâã through all ãâã worlde ãâã he ãâã be ãâã ãâã in his ãâã Because the wor ãâã of ãâã ãâã ãâã to all ãâã that shulde ãâã ãâã ãâã God ãâã the defence the ãâã nether ãâã nor municioÌ ãâã ãâã ãâã Thei conspired ãâã ãâã Gods ãâã The enemies we ãâã ãâã at the ãâã of the Citie ãâã That is of cilia ãâã of the sea ãâã ãâã ãâã k Let Ierusalem and the cities of ãâã reioyce ãâã thyiust ãâã against thine enemies To wit of our ãâã so haue ãâã ãâã or ãâã ãâã ãâã his promes l or in this outward ãâã and strength Gods blessing did also ãâã but the chief is to be ãâã to God auour and secret defence who neuer ãâã his i In all places ãâã thy Name ãâã ãâã heard of ãâã shal praise ãâã ãâã thei heare of ãâã maruelous workes a He ãâã ãâã how God gouerneth the worlde by his prouidence which can not be ãâã by the iudgement of the ãâã b ãâã wickednes ãâã enemies rage seing God wil execute his iudgements a gainst the wicked in time conuenieÌ c To trust in riches is more madnes ãâã they ãâã nether ãâã life nor prolong it 2. ãâã 3. 1. d That is so rate or not to be ãâã ue as ãâã was precions in the daies of Eli. e Meaning it is impossible to liue to liue for euer al so that life and death are onely in Gods hands f In that ãâã ãâã maketh ãâã betwene the persones g That is not to their children but to strangers Yet the wicked profit nothy these exam ples ãâã ãâã dreame an ãâã in earth â or labour ãâã their name may be famous ãâã earth h As touching the death of the bodie i They speake and do the same thing that their ãâã did k As ãâã ãâã gathered into the folde so shal thei be broght to the graue l Because thei haue no parte of life euet lasting m Christs coÌming is as the ãâã when the elect shal reigne with Christ their head ouer the wicked â Or because ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Iob. 27. ãâã â Ebr. he blessed his soule m The ãâã praise them that liue in desires and pleasures 1. tim 6. 7. â Or his soule n And not passe the terme appointed for life o Bothe thei and their fathers shal liue here but a while and at length dye for euer p He condemneth mans ãâã who hauing receiued excellent ãâã of God abuseth them like a beast to his owne ãâã a VVho was ether the autor or a chief singer to whome it was coÌ mitted PSAL. L. b To plead against his ãâã people before ãâã uen and earth c Because God had chosen it to haue his Name there calledvpon and also his image shined there ãâã the doctrine of the Law d As when God ãâã his Law in mount Sinai he appeared terrible with ãâã ãâã and ãâã so wil he appeare ãâã to take a count for the ãâã thereof e As witnesses against the hypocrites f God in respectof his elect ãâã the whole bodie holie Saints his people g VVhich shulde knowe that sacrifi ces are seales of ãâã betwene God and his people and not ãâã ãâã therein h For I passe not for sacrifices except the true vse be there which is to confirme your faith in my promi ses i Thogh he did de ãâã sacrifice yet had he no nede of mans helpether eunto k Thogh manslife for the infirmitie thereof hathe ãâã of fode yet God whoselife quickneth all the worlde hathe no nede ofsuche mea nes l Shew thy self mindeful of Gods benefites by thankesgiuing m VVhy doest thou ãâã be of my people and talkest of my ãâã nant seing thou art but an ãâã n And to liue according to my worde o He sheweth what are the f utes of them that contemne Gods worde p He note ãâã the crueltie of ãâã which spare not in their talke or iudgement their owne mothers sonne q I wil ãâã all ãâã wicked ãâã in a role and make thee to read and ãâã them whether thon ãâã or no. r vnder ãâã which is ãâã ãâã and ãâã s As God ha he ap pointed t That is declare my self to be his ãâã a To ãâã him because he had coÌmitted so ãâã sinnes and ãâã in the same ãâã ãâã more theÌ a whole yere c My sinnes sticke so fast in me that I haue nede of some singular kinde of washing b As his ãâã were ãâã ãâã great so he requi reth that God wolde giue him the feling ãâã his ex cellent and ãâã mercies d My counscience accuseth me so that I can haue no rest til I be reconcilied e VVhen thou giuest sentence against sinners thei must nedes ãâã fesse thee to ãâã iust and them sel ues sinners f He ãâã that God who ãâã ãâã purenes o heart maie ãâã destroy man ãâã of nature is a sin ner much ãâã him whome ãâã had instructed ãâã his heauenlie ãâã dome g He ãâã Gods ãâã mercies toward repentant sinner h by the bones ãâã vnderstandeth al strength of ãâã and bodie ãâã by cares mour ning are ãâã i He ãâã ãâã when Gods ãâã is colde in vs ãâã haue it againe re uiued is as a new creation k VVhich maie ãâã me that I am drawen out of the sclauerie of sinne Leuit. 14. 6. l He promiseth ãâã endeuour that others by his example may turne to God m From the mur der of Vriiah and the others that were staine with
Luk. ãâã 13. a He that giueth ãâã to the flatte rer is in daÌgeras the bird is before the fouler b He is euer ready to fall into the snare that he lay ethfor others c He can beare no admonition in what ãâã euer it is spoken Chap. 22 ãâã Chap. 20 28. d Where there are not faithful ministers of the worde of God e He that is ãâã a seruile and rebel lious nature â Or regarde Chap. 15 18. Iob. 22 29. f He that feareth man more then God falleth into a snare and is de stroyed g He nedeth not to flatter the ãâã what God hathe appointed that shal come to him a Who was an ex cellent man in vertue and know ledge in the time of Salomon b Which wereÌ Agurs schollers or friends c Herein he declareth his great humilitie who wolde not attribute anie wisdeme to him sel but allvnto God d Meaning to knowe the secrets of God as ãâã he ãâã saye None Psal 19. 1. Deut. 4. 2. 12. 32. e He maketh this request to God f Meaning that they ãâã ãâã their trust in their riches forget God that by to muche wealth meÌ haue an occasioÌ to the same g In accusing him without cause h The leache hathe two sorkes in her tongue which here he calleth her two daughters where by she sucketh the blood and is neuer ãâã eueÌ so are the couetous extorsioners insatiable i ãâã hante in the valley for carious k She hath her desires and after counter faiteth as thogh she were an ãâã ãâã l These communely abuse the ãâã te whereunto thei are called m Which is maried to her master after the death of her mastres n Thei ãâã great doctrine and wisdome o If man be not able to compasse these commune things by his wis dome We can not attribute wisdome to man but folie p Make a stay continue not in doing euil a That is of Salomon who was called Lemuél that is of God be cause God had or deined him to be King ouer Israél b The doctrine whiche his mother Bathshéba ãâã him c By this often re petition of one thing ãâã declareth her motherlie affection d Meaning that women are the destruction of Kings if they hante them e That is the King must not giue him self to wantonnes and neglect his office which is to execute iudgement f For wine doeth ãâã the heart as Psal. 104 15. g Defend their cause that are not able to helpe theÌ selues h He shal not nede to vse anie ãâã meanes to gaine his liuing â Or meat ãâã Psal ãâã 5. i She prepareth their meat be time k She purchaseth it ãâã the gaines of her ãâã â Or with double l In the assemblies and ãâã of iudgement Or linen cloth m After that he had spoken of the apparel of the bo ãâã he nowdeclareth ãâã apparel of the spirit n Her tongue is as a boke where by onemight lear ne manie good things for she deliteth to talke of the worde of God o That is do her reuerence p Confesse her diligent abours and commende her therefore q For as muche as the moste honorable are clad in the apparel that she made a ãâã is here called a Preacher or one that asseÌbleth the people because he ãâã the true ãâã of God how men ought to ãâã their life in this ãâã world b He ãâã the opinions of all men that set ãâã in anie thing but in God alone seing that in this worlde all things are as ãâã nothing c Salomon ãâã not condemne mans labour or diligence but she ãâã that there is no ful ãâã in anie thing vnder the heauen not in ãâã ãâã for asmuche as all things are transitorie d One maÌ doeth after another aÌd the earth remaineth longest eueÌ to the last daie which yet is subiect to ãâã e By the sunne winde and riuers he ãâã that ãâã greatest labour and longest hathe an end and therefore there can be no felicitie in this worlde f The sea which ãâã all the earth filleth the veines thereof the which ãâã out springs and riuers into the sea againe g He speaketh of times and sea sons and things ãâã in them which as thei haue bene in times past so come thei to passe ãâã h He ãâã that if anie colde haue ãâã to ãâã in this ãâã by labour ãâã he ãâã shulde haue ãâã it becau se he had ãâã and ãâã of God there ãâã aboue all ãâã Eccles. 40. ãâã i Man of nature hathe a desire to ãâã and yet is not able to come ãâã the ãâã of knowledge which is the punishment of ãâã to humble man and to ãâã him ãâã depende onely vpon God k Man is not able ãâã all his diligence to ãâã ãâã to go other ãâã thei ãâã her can he nombre the fautes that are ãâã muche lesse remedie them l That is vaine things which serued vnto pleasure wherein was no commoditie but grief and trouble of conscience m Wisdome and knowledge can not be come by without great peine of bodie and minde ãâã when a man ãâã ãâã to the hiest yet is his minde neuer fully content therefore in this worlde is no true telicitie a Salomon makeththis ãâã with him self as thogh he wolde trye ãâã there were ãâã ãâã in ease and pleasures â ãâã ãâã my ãâã to wine b Albeit I gaue ãâã self to pleasures yet ãâã ãâã to kepe wisdome and the feare ãâã God in mine ãâã and gouerne mine ãâã by the same ãâã br do Ebr. paradises c Meaning of the seruants or sclaues ãâã he had boght so the children borne in their ãâã were the masters d That is what soeuer men take pleasure in e ãâã were the most beautiful of them that were taken in warre as Iudges 5. ãâã Some vnder stand by these wordes ãâã but instruments ãâã musike f For all this God did not take his gift of Wisdome from me g This was the ãâã of all my labour a certeine pleasure mixt ãâã care which he calleth ãâã in ãâã nextverse h I bethoght with my self whether it ãâã better to followe Wisdom ãâã mine owne af fections pl asu re which ãâã calleth madnes â Or ãâã with the King i He foreseeth things which the foole can not for ãâã of wisdome k For bothe dye and ãâã forgotten asverse 16 or they bothe alike haue prosperitie or ad uersitie Prou. 17. 24. l Meaning in this worlde m He woundereth that ãâã for get a wise man being dead ssone as ãâã do a ãâã n That I might seke the true felicitie which is in God o Among other griefs this was not the least to leaue that Which he had gotten by great trauail to one that had taken no peine therefore and Whome he knew not Whether he Were a Wise maÌ or a soole p WheÌ maÌ hathe all laboured he can get no more then fode ãâã ãâã yet he ãâã also that
Which haue to do in the ãâã as it ãâã by a solemne ãâã that thei ãâã ãâã the ãâã thereof d This is ãâã of Christ who toke vpon him our na ãâã to come to helpe ãâã ãâã e ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the cloke of ãâã ãâã f So that We can not haue ãâã knowledge of him in this life g That is ãâã ãâã is ãâã ãâã by the comming of Christ ãâã here ãâã by the spring ãâã ãâã all things ãâã h Thou that arte as ãâã of thy sinnes come and shewe thy selfe vnto me i Suppresse the ãâã whiles thei are yoÌg that is when they beginne to shewe their ãâã and destroye the vyne of the Lord. k The Church ãâã Christ to be moste readye to helpe her in all dangers a The Churche by night that is in troubles seketh to Christ but is not ãâã heard b Shewing that althogh We be not heard at ãâã firste yet we must still continue in ãâã till ãâã ãâã c which declareth that we must ãâã vnto all of whome we ãâã to ãâã any ãâã d Read Chap 2. 7. e This is ãâã to the ãâã of Israél which Was led by the wildernes ãâã yeres â ãâã powdre f Bythe bed ãâã ment the Temple Whiche Salomon made g He ãâã to ãâã watch whiche kept the ãâã â Or ãâã h All ye that are of the nomber of the faithful i Christ become man Was ãâã by theloue of God With the ãâã crowne of his ãâã a Because Christ ãâã in his Church he ãâã all that is in her b He hathe ãâã to the multitude of the faithful whi che are manie in nomber Chap. 6. 4. c VVherein are knowledge and zeale two precious iewels d Christ promiseth his Church to call his faithfull from all the corners of the Worlde e Christ ãâã his Churche sister in respect that he had taken the flesh of ãâã f In that he madeÌ his Churche be ãâã and riche he loued his ãâã her g Because of thy confession thaÌkesgiuing h The Church confesseth that all ãâã glorie and ãâã cometh of ãâã who is the ãâã fountaine of all grace i She desireth Christ to comforte her and to powre the graces of his Spirit vpon her whiche Spirit is meÌt by the North and South Winde Chap. V. a The gardeÌ signifieth the kingdome of Christ where heprepareth the baÌket for his elect b The spouse saith that she is troubled with the cares of wordly things which is ment by sleping c Declaring the long pacience of the Lord towarde sinners d The spouse confesseth her nakednes and that of her selfe she hathe nothing or seing that ãâã is once made cleane she promiseth not to ãâã her self againe â Ebr. My bowels were moued towards him e The spouse whiche shuld be anoin ted of Christ shall not finde him if she thinke to anoint him with ãâã good workes f These are the false teachers Whiche wounde the conscience with their traditions g She asketh of them whiche are godlie forasmuch as the law and saluation shuld come out of zioÌ and Ierusalem that they wolde directe ãâã to Christ. h Thus say thei of Ierusalém i She describeth Christ to be of per ãâã beautie and comelines â Ebr. Tars hish k Hearing of the excelleÌcie of christ the faithful desire to knowe how to finde him a That is is coÌuersant here in earth among men b VVhiche was a faire and stronge ãâã 1. King 14. 17 c This declareth the exceding loue of Christ towarde his Church Chap. 4. 1. d Meaning that the giftes are infinite which Christ to his Churche or that his ãâã are manie in noÌber e He she weth that the beginning of the Churche was smale but that it grewe vp to a great multitude f He went downe into the Synagogue to se what ãâã came of the Lawe and the ãâã g I fouÌde nothing but rebellion h I ran as swift as the nobles of my people in their charets i O ye people of Ierusalem for Ierusalem was called Shallem which ãâã peace Chap. VII a He ãâã the comelie beau tie of the Church in euerie parte which is to be vnderstand spiritual ly b Read Chap. 4. 5. c He deliteth to come nere thee to be in thy companie â Or galeries d This the spouse speaketh e If the people that are called to Christ bring forthe anie frute a The Church cal led of the ãâã speaketh thus to the Church of Ierusalem â Or me b Read Chap. ãâã c Read Chap. 3. 5. d The spouse desi reth Christ to be ioyned in perpetual loue with him e The Iewishe Church speaketh this of the Chur che of the Genti ãâã f If she be sure ãâã fast she is ãâã for ãâã housband to dwel in g The Church pro miseth fidelitie constancie h This is the vineyarde of the Lord hired ãâã Mat. 22 33. i Christ dwelleth in his Church whose voyce the faithful heare k The Church de ãâã Christ that if he depart from them yet that he wolde ãâã ãâã help them ãâã their troubles a That is areuela tion or prophecie which was one of the two mea nes whereby God declared him selfe to his seruants in olde time as Nom. 12. 6. therefore the Prophetes were called Seers ãâã Sam 9. ãâã b Isaiah was chiefly sent to Iudah and Ierusalém but not onely for in this boke are prophe cies concerning other nations al so c Called also Azariah 2. King read 2. King from Chap 14 vnto Chap. 21 and 2. Chro. from Chap. 25. vnto Chap. 33 d Becau se men were obstinate and insensible he calleth to the dumme creatures which were mo ãâã to obey Gods worde as Deu 32. 1 e He declareth his great ãâã towarde the Iewes for asmuche as he chose them aboue all other nations to be his people children as Deu 10 15. f Themoste brute and dulbeasts do more acknowledg their duetie toward their masters them my people do toward me of whome thei haue receiued benefits with out comparison g Ther were not onely wicked as were their fathers but ãâã corrupt and by their ãâã example infected others h That is him that sanctifieth Isracl i VVhat auaileth it to seke to ameÌd you by pur ãâã eÌt seing the more I correct you the more yerebell k By naming the chief partes of the bodie he signifieth that there was no parte of the whole bodye of the Iewes fre from his roddes l Huerie parte of the bodie ãâã the least as the chie fest was plagued m Their plagues were so grieuous that they were incurable and yet they wolde not repent n Meaning of theÌ that dwell farre of which because they loke for no aduantage of that which remaineth destroye all before them o That is Ierusalem p Because that he wil euer haue a Church to call vpoÌ his Name q That is all destroyed r Ye that for your vices deserued all
to be destroyed as they of Sodom sane that God of his mercie ãâã a litle nomber Lamen ãâã 22. s Althogh God ãâã these ãâã for a time as aides and exercises of their faith yet because the people had not faith nor ãâã ce God decesteth them Psal. 50 14. ier 6. 20. amos 5. 21. mich ãâã 7. t VVithout faith ãâã u Your sacrifices offred in the newe moones and feastes he condemmeth hereby hypo crites which thin ke to please God with ceremonies and they them selues are voide of faith and mercie x He sheweth that where men be giuen to auarice ãâã ãâã and ãâã which is ment by blood there God will shewe his ãâã and not accepte them thogh they seme neuer so holy as Chap. 59. 3. y By this outwarde washing he meaneth the spiritual exhorting the Iewes to repent and amend their liues z This kinde of reason ning by the seconde table the scriptures vse in manie places against the ãâã who pretend moste holines and religion in worde but when their charitie and loue towarde their brethren s hulde appeare thei declare that thei haue nether faith nor religion a To knowe if I do accuse you without cause b Lest sinners s pretend anie rigour on Gods parte he only willeth them ãâã be pure in hearte and he wil sorgiue all their sinnes were they ãâã so manie or great c He sheweth that whatsoeuer aduer sitie maÌ indureth it ought to be ãâã to hys owne incredulitie and disobedience d That is IerusaleÌ which had promised fidelitie vnto me as a wife to her husband e Giuen to ãâã and éxtor cion which he signified before by blood ãâã f VVharsoeuer was pure in thee before is now corrupt thogh thou haue an outward shew g That is they mainteine the wicked and the ãâã and not onelye do not punis he them but are them selues suche h VVhen God wil shewe him selfe merciful to hys Church he calleth him self The holie one of ãâã but when he hathe to do with his ennemies he is called Mightie as against whome no power is able to resist i I wil take vengeance of mine ad ãâã the lew es and so satisfie my desire by punishing theÌ VVhich thing yet he doeth with a grief becau se of his couenant k Lest the faithful among them shulde be ouercome with this threatning he addeth this consolacion l It is onely the worke of God to ãâã the heart of man whiche thing he doeth because of his promes made concerning the saluaction of his Church m By iustice is meant Gods faithfull promes whiche is the causs of the deliuerance of his ãâã n The wicked shal not be partakers of GODS promes Psal. 92. 9. o That is the trees and pleasantplaces where ye commit idopatrie which was forbidden Deut. 16. 22 p The false GOD wherein ye put vour confidence shal be consumed as easely as a piece of towe ãâã 4. 1. a The decre and ordinance of God touching the restauration of the Church which is chiefly ment of the time of Christ b In an ãâã place to besene discerned c VVhen the king dome of Christ shal be enlarged by the preaching or the doctrine Here also ãâã declared the zeale of the children of God when they are called d Alluding to mouatzion whe re the visible Church them was e Meaning the wholedoctrine of saluacion f This was accomplished when the Gospel was ãâã preachedin ãâã and from thence went through all the worlde g The lord which is Christ shal haue all power giueÌ him h That they may acknowledge their sinnes and turne to him i He sheweth the frute of the peace which the Gospel shulde bring to wit that ãâã shulde do good one to another where as before they were enemies k Hespeaketh not against the vse of weapons and lawful warre but sheweth how the heart of the godlie shal be effected one toward another which peace and loue doethbe ginne and growe in this life but shal be perfited when we are ioy ned with our head Christ Iesus l Seing the Genti les wil be so readie make you haste and shewe theÌ the way to worship God m The Prophet seing the smaleho pe that he Iewes wolde complaineth to God as thogh he had vtterly for saken theÌ for their sinnes n Ful of the corru ptions that reigned chiefly in the East partes o Thei altogether giue them selues to the facions of other nations p The Prophet first condemned their supe stition idolatrie next their ãâã and thirdly their vaine trust in ãâã meanes q He noteth the nature of ãâã idolaters which are neuer satisfied in their supersticions r Thus the Prophet spake being inflamed ãâã the zeale of Gods glorie and that he might feare them with Gods iudgement s Meaning ãâã as GOD shalbegin to execute his iudgements t By hightrees and mountaines are ãâã them that are proude and loftie and thinke them selues moste strong in this ãâã u He condemneth their vaine ãâã which they had in strong holdes and in their riche marchandise which broght in vainepleasures where with mens mindes became ãâã * Hoseah 10. 8. * luk ãâã ãâã * reuel 6. ãâã 9. 6. x They shal ãâã them into ãâã vile and ãâã places when ãâã perceiue ãâã they are notable to helpe them y Cast of your vai ne considence of man whose life ãâã so fraile that it his nose be stopped he is dead consider that you haue so do with God Chap. III. a Because thei ãâã sted their abundaÌ ce and prosperirie he sheweth that thei shulde be taken ãâã theÌ b The temporal gouernour the minister c By these he mea ne h that God wolde take away euerie thing that was in any estima cion and wherein they had anie ãâã to vante them selues e For lacke of good regiment ordre d Not onely ãâã age but in wit meaners knowledge strength f He sheweth that this plague shalbeso horrible that contrarie to the communema ãâã of men which by ãâã an ãâã us none shal be scunde able or willing to be their gouernour g ãâã shal ãâã cause him to for ãâã him self them to take suche a dangerous ãâã vpon him h VVhen God ãâã examine ãâã ãâã ãâã whereupon they now set an impudent face ãâã shal finde ma ke of their ãâã in their fore head i Be yethat ãâã godlie assured that God wil defend you in the middes of ãâã troubles k Because the wicked people were more ãâã to their princes then to ãâã commandements of God he sheweth that ãâã woldegiue them ãâã princes by whome they ãâã be manifest tokens of his wrath because they shuld befoles and ãâã l ãâã that the rulers and gouerners had destroyed ãâã Church and not p ãâã it according to their ãâã m That is ve shewe all crueltie against them n He menaceth people because of the ãâã ãâã of their Wo men Which gaue
deliuered miraculously from his enemies but specially by the comming of Christ of whome he prophecieth in the next ãâã k The autor of eternitie and by whome the Church and ãâã member thereof shal be preserued for euer and haue immortal life l His singular loue and care for his elect m This is another prophecie against theÌ of Samaria which were ãâã and concemners of Gods promises and menaces g Their nomber was greater wheÌ they went into captiuitie then when they retur ned but their ioye was greater at their returne ãâã 2 10. n VVe were but weake when the ãâã ãâã ouercame vs ut we wil make ãâã so stroÌg hat we wil neher care for ãâã mies nor feare GodsthreateniÌgs o Rezin King of ãâã who was in league with ãâã was slaine by the Assyrians after whose death ãâã that is the Syrians ãâã againste Israél which on the other side were as sailed by the ãâã p wickednes as abellow se ãâã the fyre of Gods wrath which ãâã all his obstinate enemies q Thogh there were no foren enemie yet they shal destroy one another r Their griedines shal be ãâã so that one ãâã shal eat vp another as thogh he shulde eat his owneflesh a which write pronounce a wic ked ãâã to op presse the poore meaning that the wicked magistra tes which were the chief cause of mischief ãâã be first ãâã b To wit from Assyria c Your riches autoritie thatthei maie be safe and that yemaie recei ãâã them againe d Because thei ha ue forsaken ãâã someshal go into ãâã the rest shal be slaine e God calleth for the Assyrians to be the ãâã of his vengence f That is the Assyrians againste the Iewes which are but ãâã in this sixt seuenth verse is ãâã the difference of the worke of God of the wicked in one verie thing and ãâã ãâã Gods intentioÌ is to cha stice theÌ for their amendement the ãâã pur pose is to ãâã ãâã to enriche them selues thus in respect of Gods ãâã it is Gods worke but in re spect of their owne ãâã it is the worke of the deuil g Seing that haue ouercome aswel one ãâã as another so that none colde ãâã shal ãâã be able to escape ãâã ãâã h VVen he hathe ãâã ãâã ãâã cople for he ãâã ãâã at his owne house ti eÌwil he bur ne ãâã roddes i Meaning o Saneherib k Here we se that no ãâã is able to do anie thing but as God appointeth him that they are allbut his in ãâã ments to do his worke thogh the intentions be diuerse as ver 6. l Meaning that God is a light to comfort his people and a fyre to burne his enemies m That is the As syrians n To wit bodie and soule vtterly o When the battel is lost and the standerd taken p This is the end of Gods plagues towards his to ãâã them to him and to forsake all trust in others q This smale nomber whiche semed to be consumed and yet according to Gods decre is ãâã ued shall be sufficient to fil all the worlde with righteousnes r God will destroye this lande as he hathe deter mined and after saue a smal portion s As the Egyptians did punish thee t Read Chap. 9. 4 u VVhen the Israelites passed through by the lifting vp of Mo ses rod and the enemies ãâã drowned Exod. 14. 28. x Because of the promes made to that kingdome whereby Christs kingdome was ãâã y He describeth by what waye the ãâã shulde come against Ierusalem to ãâã me the fai hfull when it shulde come to passe that as their plague was come so shuld they be deliuered z Feare and destruction shall come vpoÌ ãâã for the princes the people shall all be led awaie captiues a Because the ãâã of Babylon was a figure of the spirituall ãâã vnder sinne he she weth that our true deliuerance must come by Christe for as Dauid ãâã out of Ishai a man without di gnitie so ãâã shuldecome of a poore carpeÌters house as out of a dead stocke b All these properties can agre to none but onely vnto Christ for it is he that ãâã the heartes of the faithful aÌd ãâã their concupiscences to the wicked he is the sauour of death and to theÌ that shal ãâã so that all the worlde ãâã be ãâã with this rod when is hys worde Chap. ãâã 2. c MeÌ because of ãâã ãâã affections are ãâã by the names of beastes wherein ãâã ãâã ãâã but Christ by his Spirit shal ãâã theÌ ãâã in them suche mutual ãâã that they shal be like lambes sauoryng and louing one another and cast of all their cruel affections Chap. 65. 25. d It shal be in as great abundance as the waters in the sea e He prophecieth of the calling of the Gentiles f That is ãâã Churche whiche he also calleth his rest Psal. ãâã 14. g For God firste deliuered his peo ple ãâã of Egypt and now ãâã seth to deliuer theÌ cut of their enemies hands as from the Parthians Persians Chaldeans and theÌ of Antiochia amonge whome they were dispersed and this is chiefly ment of Christ who calleth hys people being dispersed through ãâã all the worlde h Here he descri ãâã the consent that shal be in his Churche and their victorie against their enemies i Meaning a corner of the sea that entreth into the land and hathe the forme of a tongue k To wit Nilus the great ãâã of Egypt whiche entreth into the sea with seuen ãâã a He sheweth how the Churche shal praise God when they are de liuered frome their captiuitie b Our saluacion standeth onelye in God who giueth vs an assured confidence constancie and occasion to praise hym for the same c The graces of God shal be so abundant that ye may receiue theÌ in as greà t plentie as waters out of a fountaine that is ful * 1. Chron 16. 8. Exod. 15. 2. Psal. 118. 14. d Ye that are of the Church a That is the great ãâã ie which was prophecied to come on Babel as a moste grieuous burden whiche they were not able to beare in these 12 Chapters followynge he speaketh of the plagues wherewith God wolde smite these straÌge nacions who me they knew to declare that God chastised the ãâã as hys childreÌ and these other as hys enemies and also that if God spare not these that are ignoraunt that they muste not thinke strange if he punished theÌ whiche haue kno ledge of his Law and kepe it not b To wit to the Medes and the Persians c That is prepared and appointed to execut my iudgements d VVhich willingly go about the worke whereunto I appointe them but howe the wicked do this read Chap. 10. 6. e The ãâã of the Medes and the Persians against Babylon f Ye Babilonians g The Babylonians angre and ãâã shal be so muche that their faces shal burne as fyre
Gods ãâã wisdome for the same end and purpose Thogh coÌsidering the ãâã of ãâã nature manie of the Iewes shulde perish so not be partakers of this deliuerance ver Gods promise shulde ãâã they that remained shulde fele the frute thereof t He speaketh a this to the intend that they shuldene ther fcare maÌ nor put their trust in anie saue onely in God u Hereby he armeth theÌ against the idela ãâã whe rewith they ãâã de be tempted in Babylon x He sheweth the rage of the idolaters seing that the ãâã that haue not to suffise their owne necessities wil de fraude theÌ selues to ãâã their idoies y Haue ye not the worde of God which plainely coÌ ãâã ãâã z CaÌy ou not lear ne hy the visible creatures whome God ãâã ãâã to serue your vse shal ãâã not serue theÌ nor ãâã ãâã ãâã them a So that his power appeareth in ãâã place ãâã we ãâã our eyes b VVho hathe ãâã in order the infinit nomber of the startes c Herebuketh the Iewes because thei did not rest on the prouidence of God but thoght that he had forsaken them in their troubles d And there ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã hand to deliuer when his time co meth e ãâã that maÌ must ãâã abide and not ãâã ãâã ãâã the cause of Gods delay in our afflictions f They that trust in their owneuer tue and do not acknowledgethat all cometh ãâã God a God as thogh ãâã pleaded his cause with all ãâã quireth ãâã that he may he heard in his right b That is gather all their power supportes c Who called Abraham who was the paterne of Gods iustice in deliuering his ãâã from the ido Iatrie of the ãâã to go to and fro at his commandement and ãâã him in the land of Canaan d Who hathe crea ted man mainteined his succes sion e Thogh the ãâã de set vp neuer so manie gods yet they diminish no thing of my glorie for I am allone vnchangeable which haue euer bene and shal be for euer f Considering mi ne excellent wor kes among my people g They ãâã them selues and conspired against me to mainteine their idolatrie h He ãâã the obstinacie of the idolaters to maiteine their super ãâã i And therefore oughtest not to pollute thy self with the supersti cion of the Genti ãâã k That is by the force of my promes in the perfor mance whereof I wil sheue my self faithfull and iust l Because theishal be destroyed m Thus he calleth theÌ because they were ãâã of all the Worlde that they consi dering their owne poore estate shulde seke vn to him for helpe n ãâã wil make thee able to destroye all thine enemies be they neuer so mightie and this chiefly is referred to the kingdome of Christ. o That is thei that shal be ãâã in the captiui tie of Babylon p God wil rather change the order of nature then they shulde want anie thing that cry to him by true faith in their miseries declaring to them here by that they shal lacke nothing by they returne ãâã Babylon q That is hathe appointed determined the way when that it shalcome so to ãâã r He biddeth the idolaters to proue their ãâã and to bring forthe their idoles that they may be try ed whether thei knowe all things and cando all things which if they can not do he coÌcludeth that they are no gods but vile idoles s So that a man can not make an idole buthe must do that ãâã God detesteth abhorreth for he chuseth his owne deuises and forsaketh the Lords t Meaning the Chaldeans u That is Cyrus who shal do all thing in my Name by my dire ction whereby he meaneth that both their captiuitie and deliuraÌ ãâã shal be ordered by Gods ãâã appoin tement x Bothe of the Chaldeans others y Meaning that none of the genti les gods can wor ke anie of these things z That is the Israelites which re turne from the ãâã ptiuitie a To wit a continual succession of Prophetes ministers b When I loked whether the idoles colde do these things I founde that they had ned ther wisdomenor power to do anie thing therefore he coÌcludeth that all are wicked that trust in suche vani tie a That is Christ who in respect of his maÌhode is cal led here seruant The Prophetesvse to make mencion of Christ afterthat thei haue declared aniegreat pro mes because he is the fundatioÌ whe reupoÌ all the pro mises are made and ãâã b For I haue committed all my po wer to him as to a moste faithful steward Some read I wil establish him to wit in his office by giuing him the fulnes of my ãâã c He onely is acceptable vnto me and they that come vntome by him for there is no nother meanes of ãâã Mat. 12. 18. ãâã 1. 4. d He shal declare him self gouernour ouer the Gentils call them by his worde rule them by his Spirit e His coÌming shal not be with pompe noise as earthlie princes f He wil not hurt the weake feble but support coÌfort them g Meaning the weke of ãâã ãâã which is almost out but he wil ãâã ãâã that let may ãâã brighter h Althogh he fauour the weake yet wil he not spare the wicked ãâã Wil iudge theÌ according to ãâã and equitie i Til he haue set ãâã things in good order k The Gentiles shal be desirous to receiue his doctri ne l Meaning vnto a lawful and iust vocation m To assist and guide thee n As him bywho me the promise made to all nations in AbrahaÌ shal be fulfilled o I wil not suffer my glorie ãâã be diminishedwhich I shulde do if I Were not saithful in performing the same and the ido laters thereby Woldeextoltheir idoles aboue me p As in time past I haue bene true in my promises so Wil I be intime to come q Meaning the Arabians Whome he comprehendeth all thepeople of the ãâã r He sheweth the zeale of the Lord and his power in the con seruation of his ãâã s I wil ãâã cute my veng enn ce Which I haue so long differred as a Woman that ãâã to bede liuered When she is in trauail t That is my poore people which are in perplexicie and care u Towit ãâã which shulde ha ue moste light be cause of ãâã Law x The Priests to Whome my Wor de it committed whichshulde not onelyheare it him self but cause others to heare it y As the ãâã Prophetes that shulde be ãâã to others z Because the Wil not acknowledge this benefite of the Lord Who is ready to deliuer them he suffreth them to be spoiled of their enemies through their owne ãâã and ãâã a There shal be none to succour them or to wil the enemie to restore that Which he hathe spoiled b Meaning Gods ãâã Chap. XLIII a After these
commanded her to godowne Chap. 47. 1. b Signifying that all men are in darkenes til God giue theÌ the light of his Spirit that this light shineth to none but to those that are in his ãâã c Meaning that Iudea shulde be as the morning ãâã and that the ãâã shulde receiue light of her d An infinite nomber from all contreis as Chap. 49. 17. e For ioye as the heart is drawen in ãâã sorowe f Meaning that euery ãâã shal ho nour the Lord with that where with he is ãâã signifying that it is no true seruing of God except we offer our selues to serue his glorie and all that we houe g That is the Arabians that haue ãâã abundan ce of cattel h Because the altar was a figure of Christ Ebr. 13. to he sheweth that nothiÌg can be acceptable to him which is not offred to him by this altar ãâã was bothe the offring and the altar itself i Shewing what great noÌber shal come to the Church and with what great diligence and zeale k The Gentiles that are now ene mies shal become friends ãâã forthe of the Church i Shewing what great noÌber shal come to the Church and with what great diligence and zeale m He sheweth that God hath gi uen all power autoritie ãâã in earth for the vse of his Church and that they which wil not serue and profit the same shal be destroyed n There is nothiÌg so ãâã which shal not serue the necessitie of the Church o Signifying that Gods maiestie is not included in the ãâã whiche is but the place for his fete that we may learne to rise vp to the heauens I Meaning Cyrus and his successors but chiefly this is accomplished in them that serue Christ being conuerted by his Gospel p To worship their head Christ by obeying his doctrine q Bothe hie and lowe shal be readie to helpe and succour thee r Thy gouernours shal loue thee seke thy wealth and prosperitie s Meaning not a temporal felicitie but a spiritual which is fulfilled in Christs kingdome t Signifying that all wordelie mea ness al cease and that Christ shal be all in all as Reuel 21 22 and ãâã 5. u The children of the Church x Meaning that the Churche shulde he miraculously multiplied a This apparreineth to all the Prophetes and ministers of God but chiefly to Christ of whose abundant graces euerie one receiueth according as it pleaseth him to distrubute Luk. 4 ãâã b To them that are liuely touched with the fee ãâã of their sinnes c Which are in the bondage of sinne d The time ãâã it pleased God to shewe his good fauour to man which S. Paul calleth theiulnes of time Gal 4. 4. e For when God ãâã his Church he pra nisheth his enemies f which was the signe ãâã mourning g Trees that bring for the good frutes as Mat. 3. 8. h That is for a long time i Thei shal be rea die to serue you in all your ãâã k This is accomplished in the time of Christ by whome all the faithful are made Priests and Kings 2 Pet. 2. 9. l Read Chap. 60. 16. chap. 60. 11. m Abundant re compence as this worde is vsed Chap. 40 2. n That is the Iewes o To wit of the Gentiles p Where as the Gentiles had dominion ouer the Iewes in times past now they shal haue double autoritie ouer them and possesse twise so muche q I wil not receiue their ãâã which are extorsioners deceiuers ãâã or that depriue me of my glorie r That is of the Churche Reuel 1. 6. 9 10. s He sheweth what shal be the affection when they fele this their deliuerance a The Prophet saith that he wil neuer cease to de clare vnto the people the good tydings of their deliuerance b Til they haue ful ãâã and this the Prophet speaketh to incourage all other ministers to the setting forth of Gods ãâã toward his Church c Thou shalt haue a more excellent ãâã then thou ãâã had hetherto d He shal esteme thee as dere and precious ãâã a KiÌg doeth his crowne e Thou shall no more be ãâã as a woman forsaken of her housband â Or my delite in her â Or maried f That it may be ãâã with children g For asmuche as they confesse one faith religion with thee they are in the same bond of mariage with thee and thei are called the childreÌ of the Church in asmuch as Christ maketh her plentiful to bring forthe chil dren vnto him h Prophets pastors ministers i He exhorteth the ministers neuer to cease to call vpon God by praier for the deliuerance of his Church and to teache others to do the same k For the restauratioÌ whereof all the worlde shal praise him l Signifying the great ãâã that shulde come to the Church what meanes he wold prepare for the restitution of the same as Chap. 57 14. m Ye Prophets and ministers shew the people of this their deliuerance which was chiefly ment of our saluacion by Christ. ãâã 9 9 mat 21 5. n He shal haue all power to bring his purpose to passe as Chap 40 10. o That is one ouer whome God hathe had a singular care to recouer her when she was ãâã a This prophetie is against the ãâã means and enemies which persecuted the Churche on who me God wil take vengeance and is here set forthe all bloody after that he hathe destroyed them in ãâã the chief citie of the Idumeans for these were their greatest enemies and vnder the title of circumcision and the kinred of Abrahám cleimed to them selues the chief re ligion and hated the true worship pers Psal. 137 7. b God answereth them that asked this questioÌ who is this c. and saith Ye se now performed in dede the vengeance which my Pro phetes ãâã c Another questioÌ to thewhich the Lord answereth d Shewing that when God punisheth his enemies it is for the profi te and deliueran ce of his Church e God sheweth that he hathe no nede of mans hel pe for the deliuerance of his and thogh men refuse to do their duetie through negligeÌ ce and ãâã yet he him self wil deliuer his Church and punish the enemies read chap. ãâã 16. f I wil so ãâã them and make theÌso giddy that they shal not knowe which way to go g The Prophet speaketh this to moue the people to remember Godsbenefites in times past that they may be confirmed in their troubles h For I did chuse them to be mine that they shulde be holy and not deceiue mine expectatioÌ i He bare their af flictions griefs as thogh they had bene his owne k Which was a witnes of Gods presence ãâã this may be referred to Christ to who me belongeth the office of saluatioÌ l That is the peo ple of Israélbeing ãâã called to ãâã Gods benefites which he had bestowed vpoÌ their
fathers in ãâã past m Meaning Mo sés n That is in Mosés that he might wel gouerne the people some referre this giuing of the Spirit to the people o Peaceably and gently as an horse is led to his pasture p Hauing declared Gods ãâã shewed to their ãâã he turneth him self to God by prayer desiring him to continue the same graces toward them q Thy great affection which thou barest towards vs. r Meaning froÌ the whole bodie of the Church s Thogh AbrahaÌ wolde refuse vs to be his children yet thou ãâã refuse to be out father t By taking away thy holie Spirit from vs by whome we we egouerned and so for ãâã ingra titude didest deliuer vs vp to our owne concupiscence and didest punish sinne by sinne according to thy iuste iudgement u Meaning for the couenants sake made to Abráhám Izhák and Iaakob his seruants x That is in respect of the promes which is perpetual albeit thei had now possessed the land of Canáan a thousand and foure hundreth yere and ãâã they lament to moue God rather to remember his couenant then to punish their sinnes a The Prophet coÌtinueth his praier ãâã God to declare his Ioue toward his Churche by ãâã mightie power as he did in mount Sinai b Meaning the raine haile fyre thunder lightenings c S. Paul vseth the same kinde of admiration ãâã Cor. 2. 9. marueling at Gods great benefite shewed to his Churche by the preaching of the Gospel d Thou shewedst fauour towarde our fathers when they trusted in thee and walked after thy commaÌdements e Thei considered thy great mercies f That is in thy mercies which he calleth the waies of the Lord. g Thou wilt haue pitie vpon vs. h VVe are iustely punished broght into ãâã be cause we haue pro uoked thee to angre thogh we wolde excuse our selues yet our righ teousnes and best vertues are before thee as ãâã cloutes or as some read like the meÌstruous clothes of a woman i Albeit o Lord by thy iuste iudgement thou maiest vtterly destroy vs as the potter may his pot yet we appeale to thy mercies whereby ãâã hathe pleased thee to adopters to be thy children k For so the flesh iudgeth when God doeth not ãâã send succor l VVhich w ere dedicat to thy seruice and to call vpon thy Name m VVherein we reioyced and worshiped thee n That is at the contempt of thine owne glorie thogh our sinnes haue deserued this yet thou wilt not suffer thy glorie thus to be diminis hed a Meaning the GeÌ ãâã which knew not God shulde seke after him when he had moued their heartes with his holy Spirit Rom. 10. 10 b He sheweth the cause of the reiectioÌ of the Iewes because theiwold not obey him for anye admonition of his ãâã by whome he ãâã theÌ continually and stretched out his hande to drawe them c He sneweth that to delite in our o wne fantasies is the declining ãâã God the beginning of all superstition and ãâã d VVhiche were dedicat to idoles e Meaning ãâã altars whiche he thus nameth by contempt f To consult with ãâã and to con iure deuils which was forbidden Deur 18. 11. g VVhich was coÌ trarie to Gods coÌmandement Leu. 11 7. Deut. 14. 8. h Hesheweth that hypocrisie is euer ioyned with pride and contempt of others i Their punishement shall neuer haue end k So that the remembraÌce thereof can not be forgotten l Shalbe bc the punished together and this declareth how the children are punished for their fathers ãâã to wit when the same fautes or like are founde in them m That is it ispro fitable meaning that God wil not destroy the faithful branches of his vineyard wheÌ he ãâã the ãâã stockes that is the ãâã n VVhiche was a plentiful place in Iudea to fede shepe as Achor was for catted o By the multitude and nomber he meaneth their innumerable idoles of whome they thoght they colde neuer haue ynough p Seing you can not nomber your gods I wil noÌber you with the sworde q By my Prophetes whome ye wolde not obey r By these wordes ãâã and drinke he meaneth the blessed life of the faithfull ãâã haue alwaies consolacion and ãâã contentement ef all things in their God thogh some times they lacke these corporal things t Then by the Name of the Iewes u By ãâã and by swearing is ment ãâã of GOD for his benefites and the true worshiping of him whiche shal not be onely in Iudea but through all the worlde x I will no more ãâã fer my Church to be desolate as in ãâã ãâã Meaning that he wolde call the Gentiles who shulde ãâã euen the very name of the Iewes for their infidelities sake y I will so alter and change the ãâã of my Churche that it shall seme to dwel in a newe worlde z Meaning in this ãâã ãâã of the Churche there shulde be no weakenes of youth nor infirmities of age but all shulde ãâã fresh and florishing and this is accomplished in the heauenlye Ierusalém when all sinnes shall cease and the ãâã shal be wiped away a VVhere by he sheweth that the insideles and ãâã sinners haue no parte of this benediction b He proposeth to the faithfull the blessings whiche are conteined in the Lawe and so vnder temporal things ãâã rehendeth the spiritual promises c Read Chap. 11. 6. Act. 7. 48. a My ãâã is so great that it filleth both heauen and earth therfore cannot be in cluded in a teÌple like an idole condemning hereby their vaine confidence which trusted in the TeÌple and sacrifices b Seing that bothe the Temple the things therein with the sacrifices were made and done by his appointement he sheweth that he hathe no nede thereof and that he caÌ be without them Psal. 50. 10. c To him that is humble and pure in heart whiche receiueth my doctrine with reuerence and feare d Because the Iewes thoght them selues holy by offring of their sacrifices and in the meane season had nether faith nor repentance God sheweth that he doeth no lesse ãâã these ceremonies then he doeth the sacrifices of the heathen who offred men doggs and swine to their idoles whiche things were expressely ãâã bidden in the Law e I wil ãâã their wickednes and hypocrisie wherewith thei thinke to blinde mine eies to all the worlde f He incourageth the faithful ãâã pro mising to destroy their enemies which pretended to be as brethren but were ãâã tes and ãâã theÌ that feared God g The enemies ãâã shorrely heare a more terrible voyce euen fyre slaughter seing thes wolde not heare the gentle voyce of the Prophets whiche called them to repen tance h Meaning that the restauratioÌ of the Church shulde be so sudden and contrarie to all mens opinion as when a woman is deliuered before she loke for it that without peine ãâã i This shall passe the capacitie of man to se
father b Not that he had many dreames but because many matters were con teined in this dreame c Because it was so rare and straÌge a dreame that he had not had the like d He was so heauy with slepe that he begaÌ to slepe againe Some read and his slepe was broken from him e For all these astrologers and ãâã cerers called them selues by this name of honour as thogh all the wisdome and knowledge of the countrey ãâã vpoÌ them and that all other countreies were voide of the same f That is in the Sy ãâã tongue which differed not much from the ãâã saueit semed to be more ãâã therefore the learned vsed to speake it as the Iewish writers do o this day g This is a ãâã rewarde of theyr ãâã which vanted of theÌ selues that thei had ãâã knowledge of all things that thei shulde be prouen fooles and that to then ãâã shame and confusion h Here in appeared their ignorance that not withstanding their brags yet were thei not able to tel the dreame except he entred them into the matter and therefore they wolde pretende knowledge where was but ãâã and so as deludets of the people thei were ãâã to dye â Ebr. redeme the time i VVhich ãâã that God wolde not haue his seruant ioyned in the companie of these sorcerers astrologers which artes were wicked and therefore iust ly ought to dye thogh the King did it vpon ãâã rage and no zeale â Or the captaine of the garde Psal 113 2. ãâã 18 k He ãâã that man hathe ãâã wisdome not knowledge but very darke blindenes and ignorance of him self for it ãâã onely of God that vnderstaÌdeth anie thing l To whome thou madest thy premes and who liued in thy feare whereby he ãâã deth all other gods m MeaniÌg power to interprete it n VVhereby appeareth that manie were ãâã as ãâã 13. and the ãâã at Daniels offer were preserued on ãâã that Daniel fa uoured their wic ked prefessioÌ but that he had respect to equitie because the King ãâã according to his wicked affection and not considering if their ãâã was lawful or no o He affirmeth that man by reasoÌ and art is nor able to atteine to the cause of Gods secrets but the vnderstanding onely thereof must come of God wherby he smiteth the King with a certeine feare and ãâã of God that he might be the more apt to receyue the hve mysteries hat shuld be reueised p Because he had said that God only muste reueile the significatioÌ of this dreame the Kyng might haue asked Why Daniel dyd enterprise to inter prete it and therefore he she weth that he was but Gods minister had no giftes but suche as God had giuen him to set forth his glorie q By golde siluer brasse and ãâã ãâã ment the Caldean Persian ãâã and Romaine kingdome which shuld successiuely tule all the World til Christ Whiche is here called the stone come hym selfe and destroye the last and this was to assure the Iewes that theyr aflictions shulde not end With the empire of the CaldeaÌs but that thei shulde pacientlye abyde the cóming of Messiah which shulde be at the end of this fourth monarchie r Daniel leaueth out thekingdome of the Assyrians Which Was before the Babylonian bothe because it was not a monarchie and general empire and also because he wolde declare the things that Were to come to the comming of Christ for the comfort of the elect among these wonderful alterations and he calleth the Babylonian kingdome the golden head because in respect of the other thre it was the beil and yet was of it self Wicked and cruel s Meaning the Persians Which Were not inferiour in dignitie power and riches butwere Worse touching ambitioÌ ãâã and all kinde of vice shewing that the worlde shuld growe Worse worse til it Was restored by Christ. t That is of the Macedonians shal be of brasse not alluding to the hardenes therof but to the vilenes in respect of siluer u That is the Romain empire shal subdue all these other a fore named with after Alexander Were deuided into the Macedonians Gre cians Syrians and Egyptians x They shal haue ciuil warres and continual discordes among them selues y Thei shal by mariages and affi nities thinke to make them selues strong yet shal they neuer beioy ned in hearts z His purpose is to shewe that all the kingdomes of the worlde are ãâã that the kingdome of Christ shal onely remaine for euer a Meaning Christ Who Was sent of God and not set vp by maÌ whose kingdome at the beginning shulde be smale without beautie to mans iudgement but shulde at length growe filthe whole earth which he calleth a great mouÌtaine as vers 35. And this kingdome Which is not one ly referred to the persone of Christ but also to the Whole bodie of his Church to euerie member thereof shal be eternal for the Spirit that is in them is life eternal Rom 8. 10. b Thogh this huÌbling of the King semed to deserue coÌmeÌdation yet because he ioyned Gods honour With the Prophets it is to be reproued Daniél herein erred if he suffred it but it is credible that Daniél admonished him of his faute and did not suffre it c This coÌfessioÌ was but asudden motion as it was also in Pharaoh Exod. 9. 28. but his heart was not touched as appeared soneafterward d Not that the Prophet was desirous of giftes or honour but because by this meanes ãâã might relicue his poore breathren which were grieuously oppressed in this their captiuirie and also had receiued theÌ left he shulde offeÌd this cruel King which willingly gaue the. e He didnot this for their priuate profit but that the Whole Church which Was theÌ there in afflictioÌ might haue some release by this benefite f Meaning that ether he was a iud ge or that he had the Whole authoritie so that none colde be admited to the Kings presence but by him a Vnder pretence of religion and bo lines in making an image to his idole Bel he soght his owne ambitioÌ and vaine glorie and this declareth that he was not touched with the true feare of God before but that he confessed him on a sudden motion as the wicked when thei are ouercome With the greatnes of his Workes The Greke interpreters write that this Was done 18 yeres after the dreame as may appeare the King feared left the Iewes by their religion shulde haue altered the slate of his commune wealth and therefore he ment to bring all to one kingdome of religion andso rather soght his owne quietnes then Gods glorie b Shewing that the idole is not knoweÌ for an idole so long as he is with the workmaÌ but when the cere monies and customes are recited vsed and the consent of the people is there then of a blake they thinke they haue made a god c This was sufficient with the Wic ked
accomplished in ãâã a VVho was the sonne of Hystaspis b This was not that ãâã whereof is mencion 2. Chro. 24. 20 but had the same name and is ãâã the sonne of Berechiah as he was because he came of those pro ãâã as of Ioia da or ãâã Iddo c He speaketh this to feare theÌ with Gods iudgements that they shulde not prouoke him as their fathers had done whome ãâã so grieuously punished d Let your ãâã declare that you are Gods ãâã that he hathe wroght in you by his ãâã and ãâã ãâã you for els man hathe no power to turne to God but God most conuert ãâã as ãâã 31. 18 Iam. ãâã ãâã * Isa. 21. 8 11. 6 45. 21. iere 3. 12. e Thogh your fathers be dead yet Gods iudgements in punishing ãâã ought stil to be be ãâã your eyes thogh the Prophetes be dead yet their doct ine remaineth for euer 2. Pet. 1 ãâã f Seing ve saw the force of my ãâã ne in punishing your fathers why do not ye feare the threatnings coÌ teined in the same and ãâã by my ãâã g As men astonished with my iud gements and that they were touched with true repentance ezek 18. ãâã hos 14 2. ioel 2. 12. h VVhich conteineth parte of ãâã and ãâã as yet it shulde ãâã appeare to mans eyes which is here ment by the night by the bottome by them ãâã trees which are blacke and giue a darke shadowe yet he ãâã God to a King who hathe his postes and mes sengers ãâã by whome he stil worketh his purpose bringeth his ãâã to passe k VVho was the chief among the rest of the horsemen l ãâã signified the diuers offices of ãâã An gels by whome God somtime punisheth and somtime comforteth and bringeth for the his workes ãâã diuers ãâã m ãâã is ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã for the saluacion of ãâã Church which was now troubled when all the ãâã about them were at rest n ãâã for ãâã God God ãâã his helpe and com ãâã from his Church ãâã ãâã de clareth that he loueth theÌ ãâã moste derely as a mo ste ãâã ãâã his children or an housband his wife and when ãâã is ex pedient for them his helpe is ãâã ready o In destroying the reprobat ãâã shewed my self but a litle ãâã toward my Church but the enemie wolde haue destroied ãâã also and considered not ãâã ãâã of my ãâã p ãâã ãâã ãâã out the buyld ãâã q The abundance shal be so great that the places of store shal not be able to conteine these blessing that God wil send but shal ãâã breake for fulnes r VVhich signified all the ãâã of the ãâã ãâã west North South s These ãâã or smithes are God instr umeÌts which with their ãâã and haÌmers breake these hard and strong hornes which wold ãâã throwe the Church and declare that none ãâã hor ne is so stroÌg but God hathe an ham meth to breake it to pieces a That is the ãâã who was Christ ãâã in respect of his office he is oft ãâã cal led an Angel but in respect of his ãâã ãâã essence is God and so called b Meaning him self zechariah c Signifying the spiritual ãâã and Church vnder Christ which shulde be extended by the Gospel ãâã all ãâã worlde and ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã not trust in any worlde he strength but ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã all ãâã ãâã e In me they ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã f He calleth to them which ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã owne ãâã ãâã ãâã to ãâã ãâã of God promised in his Church g As it was I that ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã power to ãâã h By fleing from Babylon and ãâã to the ãâã d To defende my ãâã to ãâã ãâã ãâã and ãâã ãâã ãâã if they approche nere i Seing that God hathe begonne to ãâã his ãâã among you bv deliueting he continueth the samestil to Warde you and ther fore ãâã me his Angel and his Christ to defend you from your enemies that they shal not hurt you nether by the Way nor at Whome k Ye are so deare vnto God that he can no more suffer your enemies to hurt you then a man can abide to be thrust in the eye Psal. 17. 8. l Vpon the heatheÌ your enemies m They shal be vour seruantes as you haue ãâã theirs n This must necessarely be vnderstand of Christ who being God equal With his Father Was sent as he Was Mediater to dwell in his Church and to gouerne hem a He ãâã to Christ ãâã ãâã ãâã for the slate of the Church b VVhich declareth that the faithful haue not onely Warre with flesh and blood but With Satan him felf the spiritual Wickednes Eph. ãâã 11. c That is Christ speaketh ãâã God as the Mediator of his ãâã ãâã he Wolde rebuke Satan and here he sheweth him self to be the ãâã ãâã of his Church d Meaning that ãâã Was wond fully ãâã in the ãâã tie row SataÌ ãâã to ãâã and ãâã trouble him ãâã he was doing his office e In respect of the ãâã garments and ãâã stones ãâã the ãâã did weare before the ãâã and by this ãâã ãâã the Prophe ãâã that these smale beginnings shulde be made excellent when Christ shal make the ful restitution of his Church f He sheweth of what ãâã he speaketh which is when our ãâã sinnes are taken away and ãâã clad with Gods mercies ãâã is ment of the ãâã ãâã g The ãâã ãâã that besides the raimcÌt the Priest might also haue tyre for his head accordingly that is that the dignitie of the ãâã might be perfect and this was fulfilled in Christ who was bothe of the Priest and King and here all suche are coÌdemned ãâã can content themselues with any ãâã reformation in religion seing the Prophet desireth the perfection and obteineth it h That is ãâã rule and ãâã in my Church as thy ãâã haue had i VVhereby is the Angels who represented the whole ãâã of the ãâã ãâã that all the ãâã ãâã willingly ãâã him l Because they followe my worde thei are contemned in the worlde and estemed as ãâã ãâã 8. ãâã m That ãâã Christ who did so humble himself that not onely he beca me the seruant of God but ãâã the ãâã of ãâã therefore in him they shulde haue comfort ãâã in the world they were contemned Isa. 11. ãâã 25. 5. and 33. 14. n He sheweth that ãâã ministers can not buylde before God lay the first stone which is Christ who is ful of eyes bothe because he Giueth light vnto all others and that allought to seke light at him Chap. 4. 10. o That is I wil make it persite in all pointes as a thing ãâã by the hand of God p Thoght I haue punis hed this land for a time yet I wil euen now he pacified and visit their sinnes ãâã q Ye shal then liue in peace and ãâã that is in the kingdome of
according to your owne ãâã not after the prescript of my Law i Hereby he ãâã their by ãâã which thoght by their fasting ãâã please God and by such things as ãâã ãâã in the meane ãâã wold not serue him as he had coÌmaÌded k He sheweth that ãâã did not ãâã with a ãâã heart but for an hypocrisie and that it was ãâã done ãâã religion because that they lacked these offices of ãâã ãâã shuld haue declared that ãâã were godly Mat. ãâã 23. l And wolde not ãâã the Lords ãâã which was ãâã and easy but wolde ãâã their owne whiche was heauie and ãâã to the ãâã ãâã to ãâã ãâã which ãâã is taken of oxen which ãâã ãâã the yoke ãâã 9. ãâã m VVhich declareth that they rebelled not onelye against the Prophetes but against the ãâã of God that spake in them n That is after they were caryed captiue o By their sinnes whereby they pro uoked Gods angre a I loued my ãâã with a singular Ioueso that I colde not abide that anie shulde do her anieiniure b ãâã ãâã shal be faithful ãâã towardeme her housband c Thogh their ene mies did greatly molest and trouble them yet God wolde come and dwell among theÌ and so preserue them so long as nature wolde ãâã them to liue increase their chil dren in great abuÌ dance d He sheweth wherein our faith slandeth that is to beleue that God can performe that which he hathe pro mised thogh ãâã seme neuer so vnpossible to man Rom. 4. 20. e So that their ãâã turne shal not be in vaine for God wil accomplish his promes and their prosperiue shal be sure and stable f Let nether respect of your ãâã te commodities ãâã counsel of others nor feare of enemies discou rage you in the going forwarde with the buylding of the Temple but be ãâã and obei the Prophetes which incourage you thereunto g For God cursed your worke so that ãâã man nor beast had pro ãâã of their labours h Read Eze 18. 20. i VVhich ãâã that man can not turne to god ãâã he change mans hear by his Spirit and so beginne to do well whiche is to pardon his sinnes and to giue hym his graces k VVhich fast was appointed when the citie was ãâã ãâã ed was the ãâã ãâã ãâã these foure and here the ãâã ãâã that if the Iewes will repent and turne wholy to God ãâã ãâã haue no more ãâã to fast or to shewe signes of ãâã for God will ãâã them ioye and gladnes l He declareth the greate Zeale that God shulde gyue the Gentiles to come to his Churche and to ioyne with the lewes in his true religion which shulde be in the kingdome of Christ. Isa. 2. 2. Mic. 4. 1. a VVhereby he meaneth Syria b Gods angre shal abide vpon theyr chief citie and not spare so muche as that c VVheÌ the lewes shal ãâã and ãâã then God wil destroy theyr enemies d That is by Damascus meaning that Hamath or Antiochia shulde be vnder the same rod and plague e He secretly shew eth the cause of their dest uction because they ãâã all other by their ãâã ãâã whiche they cloked with thys name of wisdome f Thogh they of Tyrus thinke them selues ãâã by reason of the sea that compasseth them round about yet they shal not escape Gods iudgements g Meaning that all ãâã be destroyed saue a verie sewe that shulde remaine as strangers h He promiseth to deliuer the lewes when he shal take vengeance ãâã their enemies for theyr crueltie wrongs done to them i As the ãâã had bene destroyed so shuld Ekron and all the ãâã k He sheweth that Gods power onely shal be sufficient to defend ãâã Church against all ãâã sa ries be thei neuer so cruel or assemble their power neuer so often l That is God hath ãâã the great ãâã ãâã where ãâã they haue ãâã afflicted by their enemies m ãâã is he ãâã righteousnes and ãâã in him self for the vsé and ãâã of his Church n Which declareth ãâã thei shuld not loke for suche a King as shulde be gloriousin he ãâã of man but shulde be ãâã and yet in him self haue all power to deliuer his and this is ãâã of Christ as ãâã 21. 5 o No power of ãâã or creature shal be able to let this king dome of Christ he shal peaceably gouerne theÌ by his ãâã p That is from the red sea to the sea called ãâã by these places whiche the ãâã knew he ment an ãâã space and ãâã the Whole Worlde q That is from Euphrates r Meaning Ierusalem or the Church ãâã is saued by the blood of Christ wher of the blood of the sacrifices was a figure and is here called the couenant of the Churche because God made ãâã with his Church and left it with them for the loue that he bare vnto them s God sheweth that he wil ãâã his Church out of all dangers ãâã they neuer so great t That is into the holie land where the citie and the Temple are where God wil defend you u Meaning the faithful which semed to bein ãâã of their enemies ãâã ãâã and ãâã in hope that God wolde restore them ãâã ãâã x That is double benefires and prosperitie in respect of that which ãâã fathers enioyed from Dauids time to the ãâã y I ãâã ãâã Iudah and Ephraim that is my whole ãâã victorious against all enemies which he ãâã ãâã by the ãâã z He ãâã that the Iewes shal destroye their enemies and haue abundance and excesse of all things as there is abundance on the ãâã when the sacrifice is offred VVhiche ãâã are not to moue them to ãâã but to ãâã and a thankefull remembrance of Gods ãâã ãâã a The faithfull shall be preserued and ãâã of all that the ãâã ye ennemies shal be ãâã to esteme them for Gods glorye shall shine in them as Iosephus declareth of Alexander the greate when he met ladi the ãâã Priest a The Prophet ãâã the Iewes because by their ãâã ãâã thei put backe Gods graces promised and so ãâã ãâã by Gods iust ãâã therefore to ãâã this plague he wileth them to ãâã to God and to praye in faith to him so he wil giue theÌ abundance b He ãâã to remembrance Gods ãâã in times past because they ãâã not in him but in theyr idoles ãâã who ãâã deceiued them c That is ãâã Iewes went into ãâã d Meaning the ãâã ãâã ãâã did ãâã the ãâã ãâã ãâã 14 17. e He will be merciful ãâã his Church and cherishe hem as a King or Prince doeth his best horse whichshalbe ãâã ãâã owne vse ãâã ãâã f ãâã ãâã shal the ãâã gouernous ãâã who ãâã as a corner to vpholde the ãâã and as a ãâã ãâã it together g ãâã ãâã ãâã h That is the ãâã ãâã which shuld be gathered ãâã ãâã to the rest of the ãâã i VVhereby he
many ãâã ãâã z ãâã as ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã wherof is no ãâã ãâã a ãâã your ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã and be so ãâã in minde and ãâã your ãâã b Not ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã the two ãâã he ãâã which is the ãâã c He thinketh it sufficient to kepe his wife ãâã al ãâã take others and so ãâã it were ãâã his ãâã d Ye ãâã ãâã against God ãâã ãâã ãâã not you assone as you cal led e In ãâã that God fauored the wicked ãâã no ãâã to theÌ that serue him f Thus they ãâã God in condemning his power and ãâã because he iudged not according to their ãâã ãâã a This is ment of Iohn Baptist as ãâã expoundeth it ãâã 7. 27. b ãâã Messiah as psal 40 1. dan. ãâã 17. c That is Christ by ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã who is called the Angel or messenger of the couenant because he reconcileth vs to his father and ãâã Lord or King because he hath the ãâã of his Church d He sheweth that the ãâã whi che ãâã so much for the Lords ãâã ming wil not abide when he draweth nere for he wilcoÌsume theÌ and purge his and make them cleane e He beginne that the ãâã that they might be ligh tes and shine vnto others f They murmured against God becau se they sawe not ãâã helpe euer pre sent to defend theÌ therefore he accuseth them of ingratitude and sheweth that in that they are not daily consumed it is a tokeÌ that he doeth ãâã ãâã them so his mercie toward them neuer ãâã g Read ãâã 1. 3. h There are ãâã of the ãâã so ãâã that wil defraude their gods of ãâã honour or deale deceitfully with theÌ i VVhereby the ãâã uice of God shulde haue bene ãâã ned the Priests and the ãâã ãâã lieued k Not hauing ãâã spect how much ãâã nede but I wil giue you in all abun dance so that ye shal lacke place to put my blessings in l Meaning the caterpiller what soeuer ãâã corne and frutes m The Prophet coÌ demneth them of double blasphemie against God first in that they said that God had no respect to theÌ that serued him next that the wicked were more in his fauour then the godlie n They are not one ly preferred to honour but also deliuered from dangers o After these admonitions of the ãâã some we ãâã touched and incouraged others to feare God p Bothe because the thing was strange that some turned to God in that great and vniuersal corruption and also that this might be an example of Gods mercies to all ãâã sinners q VVhen I shal ãâã my Church according to my promes they shal be as mine owne propre goods r That is forgiue their sinnes and gouerne them with my Spirit a He prophecieth of Gods ãâã against the ãâã who wolde not receiue Christ wheÌ as God shuld send him for the restauration of his Church b Meaning Christ who with his wings or beames of his grace shuld lighten and comfort his Church ãâã 5. 14. and ãâã is called the sunne of ãâã because in him self he hathe all perfection and also the iustice of the father dwelleth in him where ãâã he regenerateth vs into righteousnes ãâã vs from the ãâã of this worlde and reformeth vs to the image of God c Ye shal be set at libertie and increa se in the ioye of the Spirit 2. Cor 3 17. d Because the time was come that the Iewes shulde be ãâã of Prophetes vntil the time of Christ because they shulde with more fer uent mindes desire his coming the Prophet exhorteth them to exercise them selues diligently in studying the Lawe of Moses in the meane season whereby they might continue in the true religion and also be armed against all tentations e This Christ expounded of Iohn Baptist. Matt. 11. 13. who bothe for his zeale and restoring of religion is aptly compared to Eliah f VVhich as it is true for the wicked so doeth it waken the godlie and call them to repentance g He sheweth wherein Iohns office shulde stand in the turning of men to God and ioyning the father and children in one vnitie of faith so that tho father shal turne to that religion of his sonne which is conuerted to Christ and the sonne shal imbrace the faith of the true fathers Abraham ãâã and Iaakob h The seconde point of his office was to denounce Gods iudgements against them that wolde not ãâã Christ. 2 King 23. 21 2. ãâã 0. 35. 1 â Or ãâã â Or Hasabias â Or ãâã â Or ãâã Exod. 12. ãâã â Or ãâã â Or by ãâã sensible crea ãâã 2. ãâã 35 ãâã 2. King 23. ãâã ãâã Chro. 16. 1. Iere ãâã ãâã ãâã 2 ãâã ãâã 10. 2 ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã â Or ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã â Or. ãâã ãâã ãâã â ãâã Shim ãâã â Or ãâã â Or zorobabêl 1 Ezra 2. ãâã â Or zorobabel Or Saraia â Or ãâã â Or ãâã â Or Azgad Or ãâã â Or The sonnes of ãâã on ãâã ãâã the sonnes of ãâã one the sonnes of Besai thre hundreth ãâã and thre â Or Bethlehem â Or Netophah â Or Anathoth â Or ãâã â Or ãâã â Or ãâã â Or Macamos â Or Bethel Or Nebus Or Sanaah â Or Phashur â Or Charim â Or Talmon â Or ãâã â ãâã ãâã â Or ãâã Or ãâã â ãâã ãâã â Or ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã â ãâã Neroda â Or Gazema â Or ãâã â ãâã ãâã â ãâã ãâã â ãâã ãâã â ãâã ãâã â ãâã ãâã â ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã â ãâã ãâã â ãâã ãâã â ãâã ãâã â ãâã ãâã â Or ãâã ãâã â ãâã ãâã ãâã â ãâã ãâã â ãâã ãâã â ãâã ãâã â ãâã ãâã â ãâã ãâã â ãâã ãâã â Or ãâã â Or ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã â ãâã ãâã â ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã â Or ãâã â ãâã ãâã ãâã a ãâã â Or ãâã â Or ãâã ãâã â ãâã fortie two thousand thre huÌ dreth and sixty â Or ãâã â ãâã of gold twel ue ãâã pouÌ de and of siluer put c. â Or quarters Ezra 3 1. Leui. ãâã ãâã ãâã 3 8. ãâã 49 13. â Or ãâã or Asachadon Ezra 4 4. ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã â ãâã vpon theÌ 1. King 6 2. 2. King 24 1. â Or ãâã Ezra 6. 15. â ãâã ãâã â Or ãâã â ãâã ãâã â Or Sama. â ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã â Or ãâã â Or Pahath Moab ãâã â Or ãâã â Or ãâã â Or ãâã â Or ãâã â Or Obadiah sonne of ãâã â Or ãâã Esolomith â Or ãâã Ioha nan sonne of Eccethan â Or Iehel â ãâã Semaias â Or Bagoi ãâã sonne ãâã ãâã ãâã 8. ãâã Or Masma Alnathan â Or ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã â Or Seredia â Or Anom Iesaas â Or Canaanien Ezr. 8 ãâã â Or Screblat â Or Marimoth
a By baptisme he coÌprehendeth all Iohns ministerie who bare witnes ãâã Christ. b By this meanes he made them ashamed and astonished Mat. 21. 33. c The Iewes were as ãâã and his owne grafting mar 12. 1. ãâã 5. 1. d God ãâã ted his people to the Gouernors and Priests Ier. 2. ãâã e He raised vp ãâã Psal. 117. ãâã isa 28. 16. act 4. 11. ãâã 9 33. 1. pet 2. 8. f For by it the building is ioyned together made strong g They that stom ble and fall on Christ thinking to oppresse him shal be ouer throwen theÌ selues destroyed Mat. 22. 16. mar 12. 13. h They wayted for a conuenient time and place i They thoght it vnlawful to pay to a prince being an infidel that which thei were wont to pay to God in his Temple k The duetie whiche we owe to princes letteth nothing that which is due vnto God Rom. 13. 7. Mat. 22 ãâã mar 12. 18. Deu. 25. 5. l In this place he calleth all them ãâã of this worlde which remaine in the sa me or els ãâã shulde not seme to apparteine to the ãâã of God as that wicked moÌstre pope ãâã taught against the manifest Scriptures m Since mariage is ordeined to mainteine ãâã in crease maÌ kinde when we shal be immortal i. shal not be in anie vse n For althogh the wicked rise againe ãâã that life is but death and an eternal destru ction Exod. 3. 6. o Of them which are not but of them which are p The immortalitie of the soule can not be separate from the resurrection of the bodie whereof here Christ ãâã ãâã Matth. 22. 44. Marke 12. 35. Psal. ãâã ãâã q For the sonne is not Lord of his father and ãâã it ãâã that Christ is God Chap. 11. 43. Mat. ãâã ãâã ãâã 12. ãâã ãâã 12. 41. a God estemeth not the gift or almes by the ãâã titie or value but by the ãâã ãâã affection Chap. 19. 43. â Or giftes Mat. 24. 1. ãâã ãâã 1. b Christ then ãâã keth answer of that which was more necessarie for them and not to the question they demanded ãâã 24. 8. Mar. 13. 9. c This their ãâã france shal bothe be a greater confirmation to the Gospel and also by their constancie the tyrannie of their ãâã shal at length be manifest before God and man d For thogh they were so impudent to resist yet ãâã euer ãâã the victorie Chap. 12. 12. Mat. 10. 19. ãâã 13 ãâã ãâã 10. ãâã e That is liue ioy fully and blessed ly ãâã vnder ãâã crosse Mat. 24. 15. Marke ãâã 14. Dan. 9. 17. f Gods wrath against this people shal appeare by the calamities and plagues whe rewith he wil punish them g He meaneth their ãâã to receiue likewise their punishement ãâã ãâã ãâã 10. Ezek. 32 7. Mat. 24. 29. ãâã 13. 24. h The effecte of that redemption whyche Iesus Christ hath purchased shal then fully appeare Rom. 8. 23. i For all these thynges came within 50. yeres after k To ãâã and intangle them whersoeuer thei be in the world â Or that ye may be made worthie a The feaste was so called because they colde eat no leauened breade for the space of seuen dayes for so long the feaste of the Passeouer continued Mat. 26. ãâã Marke 14. 1. b Suche as were appointed to kepe the Temple c For they were in doute what way to take before this occasioÌ was offred Mat. ãâã 17. ãâã 14. 13. d According to Gods commandement whiche was ãâã to offer it and after to eat it Mat. 26. ãâã Marke 14. 18. e VVhich was in the euenynge about ãâã twye light which time was appointed to ãâã the ãâã f He meaneth that this is the last time that he wolde he coÌuersant with them as he was before or so eat with them Mat. 26. 28. Marke 14. 22. 1. Cor. 11 ãâã g The bread is a true signe aÌd an assured testimonie that the bodie of ãâã Christ is giuen for the ãâã of our soules likewise the wine signifieth that ãâã bloode is ãâã drinke to ãâã and quicken vs ãâã h The signe of the newe ãâã whiche ãâã established ãâã tified by Christs bloode Iohn 13. 18. Psal 40. 11. i ãâã the secrete counsell of God as Act. 4. 28. Mat. 20. 25. ãâã 10. 42. k Meaning that they haue vaine and ãâã titles ãâã ãâã for ãâã as thei are nothing lesse theÌ their na mes do signifie Or ãâã ãâã ãâã 19. 28. â Or leaue by bequest l By these similitudes he declareth that they shal be ãâã of his glorie for in heauen is nether ãâã nor drinking 1. Pet. 5. 8. m Satan seketh by all meanes to disquiet the Chur che of Christ to dispe se it and to shake it froÌ the true faith n It was sore shaken but yet not not ouerthro ãâã Mat. 26. 34. Mark 14. 30. Iohn 13. 38. Mat. 10. 9. o By thys he sheweth then that they ãâã susteine greate troubles and afflictions Isa. 53. 12. p They were yet so rude that thei thoght to haue resisted Wyth materiall Weapons Where as Christ ãâã them of a spiritual fight Wherin aswell their lif as faith shuld be in danger Mat. 26. 36. Mark 14. 32. Iohn 18. 1. q Meaning hys death passion Mat. 26. 41. Mark 14. 38. r The Worde signifieth that hor rour that Christ had conceyued not onelye for feare of death but of his fathers Iudgement and Wrath agaynste sinne Mat. 26. 47. Marke 14. 43. Iohn 18. 3. s For now God gaue ãâã to ãâã whose mi nisters they Were to execute his rage against him Which thing We se is gouerned by the prouidence of God Mat 26. 54. Mark 14. 66. Iohn 18. 26. Mat. 26. 34. Iohn 13. 31. t They skossed at him because the people thoght he Was a Prophete Mat. 27. 1. Mark 15. 1. Iohn 18. 28. u They asked not to the ende that the trueth might be knowen for the thing was to manifeste but for malice they bare towardes Christ. x At his seconde comyng y As in the secon de place of honour dignitie Mat. 22. ãâã Mark 12. 17. a VVho Was the chief gouernour and had the exa minacioÌ of matters of lyfe and death Matth 27. 11. Mark 15. 2. Iohn 12. ãâã b To rid his haÌds and to graftie He iode â Or at that time c Of a certeine curiositie â Or miracle d For Christ came to defend him self nether yet Wolde please the vaine curiosirie of this tyrant â Or bande or traine e Communely this Was a robe of honour or excellencie but it Was giuen to Christ in mockage â Or in bright colour Mat. 27. 23. Mat. 15. 14. Iohn 18. 38. 19 4. â Or by him f For the Romains had giuen suche ãâã and liberties to the Iewes Which Was but a tradition and not according to the Worde of God g The iudge giueth ãâã With Christ before he ãâã him Whereby plainely appeareth Iesusinnocencie
the Churche of Christ whiche is our mother and not of the Synagogue whiche is a seruant vnder the Law Rom. 9. 8. By the libertie wherewith Christ hath made vs fre a If you ioyne circumcision to the Gospel as a thing necessarie to saluacion Chap. V. Act. 15. 2. b We liue in hop through that Spi rit whiche causeth faith and whiche is giuen to the faithfull that we shulde ãâã faith and not by the Law obtaine ãâã ãâã of glorie whiche Christe gyueth frely 1. Cor. 1. 17. c Then whatsoeuer is not the worde of God whiche here he calleth trueth is verie lies d Which is God e A litle corruption doeth destroy the whole doctrine 1. Cor. 5. 6. f That ye wil ãâã the word of God purely g That is the doctrine of the Gospell whiche the worlde ab horred as a sclanderous thing and therewith were offended h Meaning the seconde table ãâã ãâã 18. ãâã 22. 39. k That is the na tu all man ãâã against the ãâã of of ãâã Mar. 12. 31. Iam. 2. 8. Rom. 13. 14. 1. Pet 2. 10. i In the man regenerat i If you be ãâã by the Spirit of ãâã that whiche ye do ãâã ãâã to God althogh it be nor be ãâã fity m For they are vnder the ãâã or grace n Christ hath ãâã onely remitted their sinnes but sanctified tl ãâã into ãâã es of lif o That being dead to sinne liuyng to God we may declare the same in holines and innocencie of life a Father by reason of his flesh or Satan b Christe exhorteth in ãâã places to mutual loue ãâã brotherlie loue is here called the Lawe of Christ and his comman ãâã ãâã n. 13. 14. and. 5. 12. c He sheweth that man hathe nothing of him ãâã whereof he shulde ãâã 2. ãâã 1. 12. Wherein he may reioyce ãâã me but not before God d For his reioycing is a ãâã of a good conscience e For it were a shame not to prouide for their corporal necessities whiche fede our soules with the heauenlie things 1. Cor. 5 8. 1. ãâã 9. 7. f He proueth that the ministers must be nowrished for if men onely prouide for wordely thinges ãâã out respect of the life euerlasting then they procure to them selues death and mocke God who hath giuen them his ministers ãâã ãâã them heauenlie thing 2. Thes. 3. 13. g The frute whiche God hathe promised h By the outwarde ceremonies i That is for prea ãâã Christ ãâã k That thei haue made you Iewes l By the ãâã he meaneth all ou warde pom pe ãâã things which please mens fantasies m Which is rege nerate by faith Rom. 2. 19. n That is vpon the Iewes as o Let no man trouble my preaching from heÌce forthe for my markes are witnesses how valiantly I haue foght p Which ãâã odious to the worlde but glorious before God a As with the knowledge of God in Christ with faith hope charitie other gifts â Or places b This election to lif euerlasting can neuer ãâã ãâã ged but in temporal offices which God hathe appointed for a certeine space when the terme is expired he chaÌ geth his election as we se in Saul and Iudas 1. Cor. 1. 2. c When Christs iustice is imputed ours d Whereas we were not the ãâã children he receiued vs by grace and made vs his children 2. Cor. 1. 3. 1. Pet. 1. 3. 2. Tim. 1. 9. e The principal end of our election is to praise and glorifie the grace of God Colos. 1. 22. f That is in Christ. g By this he mea neth the whole bodie of the Churche which he deuideth into them which are in heauen and them which are in earth also the faithful which re maine in earth staÌd of the Iewes and the Gentiles h To wit the Iewes i Thogh we be redemed froÌ the bondage of sinne by the death of Christ Rom 6. 22 ãâã we hope for this seconde ãâã which ãâã be when we shal possesse our inhe ritaÌce in the heauens whereof we haue the holie Gost for a gage as Chap. 4. 30. k Of Christ. l Made him Go uernour of all things bothe in heauen and in'earthe so that Christs bodie is now onely there or elsit shuld not be a true bodie and his ascencioÌ shulde be but a fantasticall thing and onely imagi ned Col. 2. 12. Chap. 3. 7. Psal. 8. 8. Ebr. 2. 8. m This is the great loue of Christe towarde his Churche that he counteth not him selfe perfect without vs whiche are his members therefore ãâã Church is also Christ as 1. Cor. 12. 12. Col. 2. 13. Chap. 6. 12. ãâã Meaning Satan b Not by creation but by AdaÌs ãâã so by ãâã c Bothe Iewe Gentil â Or with Christ. d We that are the members are raised vp ãâã death and reigne without head christ in heauen by faith e Here he meaneth as concerning grace and not by nature f He sheweth here that the further the Gentiles were of frome the grace of God the greater detters they are now to the ãâã 1. Sam. 17. 26. Eze. 44 7. Rom. 9. 4. g It was but one couenant but because it was diuers times confirmed and established ãâã here he calleth them Couenants h Whereno promesis there is no hope â Or ãâã i That is the cau se of the diuision that was ãâã ne the Iewes the Gentiles k For in Christ ãâã all things were accomplished which were pre figurate in the Law l For of the Iewes and the Gentils he made one flocke â Or death Rom. 5. 2. a He reioyceth in that he suffred imprisonmeÌt for the maintenance of Christs glorie b Which was his ãâã to prea che vnto the ãâã c That is in the first chap of this Epistle ver 9. d Althogh the fathers and the Prophetes had reuelations certeine yet it was not in comparison of that ãâã which was shewed when the GeÌtiles were called nether ãâã was the time ãâã the maner knowen Chap. 1 19. 1. Cor. 15 9. ãâã 1. 16. Rom. 16. 25. Col. 1. 26. 2. Timo. 1. 10. e The Angels Tit. 1. 2. 1. Pet. 1. 20. f The Churche being gathered of so many kindes of people is an example or a glasse for the An gels to beholde the wisdome of God in who hath turned their particular discords in to an vniuersal concorde and of the ãâã of bondage hathe made the Church of ãâã dome g He that is not of the bodie of Christ is in death h The faithful which ãâã befo re Christ ãâã were adopted by him and make one familie with the Saincts which yet remaine a liue i For we confesse that which we beleue k All perfection on euerie side is in him l That all the graces of God may abounde in you Rom. 16. 25. m In that we fele Christ in vs. a For the Lords cause Philip. 1. 27. Col. 1. 10. 1. Thess. 2. 12. b ãâã by ãâã you
out on euerieparte b which was the Law giuen to Moses by the hands of the Angels c As the Gospel is which onely offereth ãâã Gal 3. 19. Act. 7. ãâã Mar. 16. 20. d That is the Apostles e ãâã Esai cal leth the new hea uens and the newe earth Chap 65. 17. where of Christ is the fa ther. Isa. 9. 6 that is the head of vs his members Psal. 8. 5. f He speaketh here chiefly of the faithful which are made through Christ citizens of the worlde to comewhere they shal enioye with their prince all these things which now they haue onely but in parte g In making him fellowe heire with Christ. h To theÌ which obiect that they se not these things accomplished in man the Apostle answereth that they are fulfilled in ãâã our ãâã who ãâã his to the same glorie with him Psal. 22. 25. Mat. 28. 18. i To man as he is of Christ. 1. Cor. 15. 27. k By his ãâã which moste ãâã appeareth in the Church Philip 2. 8. l Iesus Christ by humbling him self and taking vpon him the forme of a seruant which was our flesh and mortalitie giueth vs assurance of our sal uation m Therefore we by afflictions are made like to the Sonne of God n The head and the members are of one nature so Christ which san ctifieth vs we that are sanctified are all one by the vnioÌ of our flesh o This proueth Christs humanitie p Meaning that Christ touching his humanitie put his ãâã in God Psal. 18. ãâã q Isai speaketh this of him ãâã and his disciples but properly it is applied to Christ the head of all ãâã Isa. 8 18. Hose ãâã 14. ãâã Cor. 15. ãâã r And Gods angre s Not the nature of Angels but of man t Not onely as touching nature but also qualities onely sinne except u For asmuche as he is exercised in our ãâã we may be assured that at all times in our tentations he wil sucker vs. a Take hede to his wordes and receiue him b Of that doctrine which we beleue and ought to confesse c To be the ambassadour and high Priest Nomb. 12. 7. d Moses was but patte of the hou se that is of the Church whereof the pastours are liuelie stones but Christ buylded it and layed the sto nes therefore he deserueth more praise e That is Christ for Christ is the fundation and head of his Church he is our brother and Lord he is the Sonne of God and verie God working all things by his owne power f For in obeying the Sonne we are made the house of God g As when ve prouoked Gods anger in Massa and Meriba Exod. 17. 7. Psal. 95 8. Chap. 4 7. h Meaning by this other that they shulde not enter i As disobeing God they in olde time were ãâã red froÌ the ãâã of the land of Chanaan so thei which do not obey Christ shal not enter ãâã ãâã heauenlie rest k Which is all that time where in God doeth call vs while he there fore speaketh let vs heare l Which is by faith to embrace and holde fast ãâã true doctrine of Iesus Christ. â Or fundacion of our assurance ãâã m To wit the Lord. â Or bodies and members Nomb. 14. ãâã a He compareth the preaching of the ãâã as it were to wine whereof if we wil taste that is heare and vnderstand withprofite we must temper or mixe it with faith b Althogh that God by his rest after the creation of his workes si gnified the spirirual rest of the faithful yet he swate to giue rest in ãâã which was but a figure of the heauenlie rest and dured but for a time c The perfection of Gods workes and so his rest signifie our heauen lie rest ãâã 2. 2. d That is in the psalmes Deut. 5. 14. Chap. 3. 7. e Meaning Ioshua f Hathe cast of his appetites mortified ãâã flesh renounced him self and followeth God g For it mortally woundeth the re bellious and in the elect it killeth the oldeman that they shulde liue vnto God h Where the affections are i Which ãâã wil and rea son k As that thyng which is ãâã a sunder euen through the mid des of the backe so is made opeÌ that it may be sene throughout â Or concernyng whom we spake l Therfore when we heare hys worde we must treÌble knowing thereby that God soundeth our hearts a He sheweth that man can haue none acces to God without an hie Priest because that of him self he is prophane and sinful b Whiche were of thyngs without lif c As of beasts whiche are killed d That is of sinners 1. Chro. 13. 10. Psal. 2. 7. Chap. 1. 5. Psal. 110. 4. e Who was both Priest and King Chap. 7. 17. f When he liued in this ãâã g He meaneth that most earnest prayer whiche Christ prayed in the gardeÌ where he swer droppes of blood h Being perple xitie and fearing the horrors of death i He digresseth til he come to the beginning of the 7. Chap. â Or rudiment k Read 1. Cor. 3. 2. l That is the Gospel which is that true ãâã that teacheth vs wherewe haue our iustice a That is the first rudiments of our Christian religioÌ b Hemencioneth flue points of the ãâã which was then in ãâã the confession of amendement of life the summe of the faith a brief explication of Ba ptisme ád laying on of hands the ãâã of ãâã ãâã ãâã last iudgement c Then the vse of baptisme was declared when on the soleÌne dayes appointed to baptize the Churche came together d It is Gods singular gift to ãâã in knowledge and to go forward in the vnderstaÌding of Gods worde Mat. 12. ãâã 2. Pet. 2. 20. Chap. 10 26. e They ãâã are apostats and sinne against the holy Gost hate Christ ãâã mocke him but to their owne destruction therfore fall into desperation and caÌ not ãâã f Whereby it may appeare that you are fully persuaded of life euerla sting g As the holie fa thers ãâã and martyrs that were before vs. Gene. 12. 3. 17. ãâã and 22. 16. h Because of ãâã wickednes which wil not ãâã God except he sweare i Gods ãâã and othe are two things in him vnchangeable k He returneth to the coparison betwene ChristPriesthode and the Leuitical whiche he had begon in the 5. Chap. l Whiche is heauen whether Christ is gone before to prepare vs place Chap VII Gen. 14. 18. a So called because that Moses Maketh no mention of his ãâã or kinsfolkes but as he had bene suddeÌly sent of God into the worlde to be ãâã figure of ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã shortely taken out of the world againe so Christ ãâã ãâã his ãâã had no ãâã coÌcerning his ãâã no mother b That is the chief of fathers c The ãâã commandement to receiue that which Abraham gaue ãâã y to Mel ãâã d Was begotten of
faith Gene. 1. 3. d Because God re ceiued hym to mercie therefore he imputed him righteous e That is liueth Gen. 4. 4. Mat. 23. 25. f For Enochs and Elias taking vp was such a thing as is spoken of 1. Cor. 15. 51. and. 1. Thes. 4. 15. Gene ãâã 24. Eccles. 44. 15. and 49. 16. g First God must finde vs before wecaÌ seke him then we muste seke him with a pure hearte in Christ who is reueiled in hys worde and ther by we learne to beleue Gods fre mercie towards vs in his Sonne through whome we obteine the rewarde of hys promes and not of our desertes Gen. 12. 4. Gene. 6. 13. Eccles. 44. ãâã h For all things in the World are subiect to corruption Gen. 17. 19 21. 2. ãâã 44. 22. i Euen as dead k VVhiche was the enioying of the laÌd of CanaaÌ l VVith the eyes of faith m And therfore put not their coÌfidence in things of this Worlde n That is of ãâã Gen 21. 10. o For it myghe seme to the ãâã that the promes was coÌtrarie to this commandement to sactifice his sonne Eccles. 44. ãâã Gene. 22. 12. Rom. 9. 7. Gen. 27. 28. Gen. 49. 15. Gen. 47. 31. â Or Worshiped toward the end of his staffe Gen. 50. 29. Exod. 2. 2. Act 7. 21. Exod. 1. 16. Exod. 2. 11. p The ãâã of the Worlde whiche draw vs frome God and Whiche we can notvse without ãâã of Gods angre Exod. 12. 22. Exod. 14. ãâã Iosh. 6. 20. Iosh. 6. 23. Iosh. 2. ãâã Iudg. 6. 11. Iudg. 4. 6. Iudg. 13. 24. Iudg. 11. 1. 12. 7. 1. Sam. 1. 20. and ãâã 14. q ãâã ãâã ãâã r As Elias raised vp the widdowe of Sareptas sonne and Eliseus the ãâã sonne s They had not suche cleare light of Christ as we for they loked for that whiche we haue therefore it were shame for vs if at least we haue ãâã as great constancie as they â For we are all one bodie together Rom. 6. 4. â Or multitude Ephe. 4. 23. a As riches cares and suche like aÌd so to become Christs disciples by denying our selues aÌd taking our crosse to followe him Colos. 3. 8. â Or so easely compasseth vs aboute ãâã Pet. 2. 1. b As beyng our ãâã c VVhiche by rea son of our concu ãâã assaileth vs on all sides Prou ãâã 21. Reuel 3. 17. d He concludeth that they which refuse the ãâã denie to be of the nomber of ãâã children but are bastardes e VVhiche haue naturally begotten vs. f As he doeth creat our spirits withoute anye worldely meane so he doeth instructe and ãâã teine theÌby the wonderful ãâã of his Spirit g Their ãâã partely declared their sloenes and partly their incoÌ stancie in ãâã therefore thei were in danger to be punished Rom 12. 18 h As her esies or apostasie Gen. ãâã 33. Gen. 27. 38. i He was full of despire and disdaine but was not touched with true ãâã to be displeased for his sinnes aÌd so seke amendemeÌt Exod. 19. 13. and 20. 21. k VVhich might be touched and sene for as it was materiall but God had commaÌ ded that none shuld touche it Exod. 19. 13. l VVhence the worde of God must come m Which shal be ãâã through all the worlde n By the Gospel We are ioyned with the Angels and Patriarkes Gene. 4. 10. o VVhiche spake but rudely in coÌ parison of Christ who preached not the Law but the Gospel Hag. 2. 7. Deut. 4. 24. p To destroy ãâã that resist him Rom. 12. 10. 1. ãâã 4. 9. Gen. 18. 3. 19. 3. a As incontinen cie is a disease coÌ mune to men of al sortes and degrees so mariage the remedie is offred by the fre mercie of God to all maner of men without respect b The Lord. Iosh. 1. ãâã Psal. 118. 6. c He was is and shal be the ãâã of the Churche ãâã euer d Whatsoeuer doctrine is not according to the simple trueth of Gods worde is strange e By reprouyng theÌ which supersticiously ãâã difference betwixt meats he condeÌneth all the serui ce whiche stode in ceremonies coÌparing it with the spiritual worshipping ãâã Leui. 6. 36. 16. 27 f Thei that sticke to the ceremonies of the Law caÌ not eate that is can not be partakers of our altar whiche ãâã thankes giuynge and ãâã which two ãâã ãâã or ãâã are now onely left to the Christians g So that the Priests had no piece thereof h Thankesgiuing and doing good are ãâã onelie sa crifices whiche please God Hos. 14. 3. i Read Act 20 28. and ioh 10. ãâã * That is writ to no one man citie or countrey but to all the Iewes generally being now ãâã â Or afflictions ãâã 5. 3. a A ãâã trye our faith and ingendre patience b Our pacience ought to coÌtinue to the end ãâã by working it bath polished vs ãâã made vs perfect in Christ. c To endure paciently whatsoeuer God layeth vpon him Mat 7. 7. Mar. 11. 24. Luk 11. 9. d Douting in doct ine or of Gods wil. â Or double Iohn 14 13. 16. 23. e That he is called to the companie of Christ and his Angels f Or conteÌptible to the worlde Iob. 5. 17. Eccles. 14 18. Isa. 40. 6. 1. Pet. 1. 24. â Or in all his ãâã dedes â Or moued to euil g He meaneth now of the inwarde teÌtations as of our disorde red appetites whiche cause vs tosinne h Seing al good things come of God we ought not to make ãâã the autor of euil i He alluderb vnto the sunne whi che in his ãâã turning some time is cleare and bright some time darke and cloudie but Gods liberalitie is euer like it self bright and continually shinyng k That is proÌpt to learne l For we can not heare God except we be peaceable and modeste ãâã 17. 27. m But hindereth Gods worke ãâã vs. n By ãâã the worde preached Mat. 7. 21. Rom. 2. 13. o So Gods worde is a glasse wherein we must ãâã holde our selues and become like vnto him p In so behauing himself a As esteming saith and religioÌ by the outwarde ãâã of meÌ â Or acceptation b That is are ye not euil affectioned c Seing God ãâã meth theÌ we mai not ãâã theÌ d The Name of God and Christ whereof you make profession and in that they dishonour God it is not merethat you his children shuld honour theÌ e whiche is here taken puerbially for the high or brode way wherein there is no turnings and euerie maÌ can go it so euerie man is our neighbour as wel the poore as the riche Leui. 19. 18. Mat. 22. 39. Mar. 12. ãâã Rom. 13. 9. ãâã 5. 14. Leui. 19. 15. Deut. 1. ãâã ãâã ãâã Mat 5. 19. Exo. 20. 14. Deuter. 5. 18. Luk. ãâã 11. 1. Iohn 3. 17. f By the mercie of God which de liuereth vs frome the ãâã of the Lawe g And ãâã not h ãâã
Paul to the Romains Galatians disputeth against theÌ which attributed iustificatioÌ to the workes here S. ãâã reasoneth against theÌ whiche vtterly condemne ãâã therefore Paul sheweth the cau ses of our iustification aÌd Iames the effectes there it is declaredhow we are iustified here how we are knowen to be iustified there workes are excluded as not the cause of our iusti fication here thei are approued as effects proceding thereof there they are denied to go before theÌ that shal be iustified and here they are sayd to followe them that are iustified i In thine owne opinion â Or without workes k Here dedes are cosidered as ioy ned wyth true faith Gen. 15. 6. Rom. 4. 5. l So that fayth was not ydle Gal. 3. 6. m The more his faith was declared by hys obedience and good workes the more was it knowen to men to be perfite as the goodnes of a tre is knowen by her good frute otherwise no man can haue perfectioÌ in this worlde for euerieman must pray for remission of his sinnes and increase of fayth n Is so knowen and declared to man o Of that ãâã and dead fayth whereof ye boast p Meaning hereby all them that were not Iewes and were receiued to grace q VVherefore we are iustified onely by that liuelie faith whiche doeth apprehende the mercie of God towarde vs in Iesus Christ. a Vsurpe not through ambitioÌ autoritie ouer your brethren â Or stomble b He that well considereth him selfe shal not be rigorous toward his brethren Eccle. 14. 1. and 19. 16. and 25 ãâã c He that is able to moderate his tongue hathe ãâã to an excellent vertue â Or matter d An heape and ful measure of all ãâã e The intemperant e of the ãâã gue is as a flame of hel fyre f VVithout mixtion and dissimulation g And examining thynges with extreme ri gour as hypocrites who onely iustifie them selues and condemne all others h So that ãâã life is according to their profession a For the Lawe of the members continually fighteth against the Lawe of the minde b He calleth adul terers here ãâã the maner of the Scriptures then whiche preferre the ãâã of the worlde to the loue of God Iohn 2. 15. c The imagination of ãâã heart is wicked Gen. 6. 5. 8 21. Prou. 3. 34. 1. Peter 5. 5. Ephes. 4. 27 d The Greke worde signifieth that ãâã which is ioyned ãâã a ãâã ãâã fastnes as appeareth in the countenance 1. Peter 5. 6. e In vsurpynge the autoritie of iudging whiche is due to the Lawe f He she weth that this seuere iudgynge of others is to depriue God of his ãâã Rom. 14. 4. g VVe ought to submit our selues to the proui dence of God Act. 19. 21. 1. Cor. 4. 19. h He answereth to them whiche said they knewe what was good but they wolde not do it a He meaneth them with the vengeance of God which shal not onely make them to wepe but to howleaÌd ãâã b And kindle the wrath of God against you Rom. 2. 5. c To suffice till the end of the worlde d VVhiche were the dayes of the sacrifices or feastes when they vsed to banket fede more ãâã then other dayes e VVhich is ãâã the corne is sow en and a litle be fore it is mowen f Be not greiued not aske vengeance Mar. 5. 34. g That whiche must be astirmed affirme it simply aÌd without othes ãâã that whiche must be deuied by thys he ãâã not from the magistrate his autoritie who may require an othe for the maintenance of iustice iudgement aÌd trueth â Or ãâã h The gift of hea ling was then in the Church i VVhich in those dayes ãâã asigne of the gift beyng ãâã away the signe is to no vse Mat. 6. 13. k In callynge ãâã the Name of the Lord. l Open that whi che greueth you that a remedie may be ãâã and this is commanded bothe for him that coÌplaineth and for him that heareth that the one shulde shew his ãâã to the other 1. King 17. ãâã Eccl. ãâã ãâã Luke 4. ãâã a Whiche were Iewes to whome he was appointed to be an Apostle b The fre ãâã of God is the efficient cause of our saluarioÌ the material cause is Christs ãâã our effectual calling is the formal cause the finall cause is our ãâã â Or vnto obedience c To wit of Christ d For it is but dead and vaine hope whiche is without Christ. 2. Cor. ãâã 3. Ephe. 1. 3. e Therefore they ought to loke for no earth lie king dome of the Messias f At the day of iudgement g And nede doeth so require wheÌ it pleaseth God to lay hys crosse vpon his for to drawe theÌ from ãâã things and make them partakers of his heauenlie graces h At his seconde comming â Or rewarde i Their ministerie was more pro fitable to vs then to theÌ for we se the things accomplished which they prophecied k Prepare your selues to the Lord. Luk. 17. ãâã l Vntil is seconde comming m When you were in ignorance and ãâã not Christ. Luk. 1. ãâã Leui. 11. 44. 19. 2. 20. 7. Deut. 10. 17. Rom. 2. 1. Galat. 2. 6. n According ãâã the ãâã of the heart 1. Cor. 6. 20. 7. 27. o Read Ezek. 20. 18. Ebr. 9. 14. 1. Ioh. 1. 7. Reuela 1. 6. Rom. 16. ãâã Ephes. 3. 9. Colos. 1. ãâã p When Christ appeared vnto the worlde and when the Gospel was preached 2. Tim. 1. 10. Tit. 1. 2. Rom. 12. 10. Ephes. 4. 2. Chap. 2. 17. Isa. 40 6. q Therefore we must renounce our former ãâã Eccles. 14. 18. Iam. 1. 10. Rom. 6. 4. Ephes. 4. 23. Colos. ãâã 8. Ebr. ãâã ãâã a In this their infancie new coÌ ming to Christ he willeth them to take hedelest for the pure milke which is the first beginnings of learning the sincere worde they be not deceyued by them whiche chop and change it giue poyson in stede there of â Or the milke of vnderstandynge whiche is with as deceit b Meaning that God hath appoin ted Christe to be chief and head of his Churche Reuel 1. 6. Isa 28. 16. Rom. 9. 33. c The Priests Do ctors AncieÌts of the people Psal. 119. 22. Mat. 21 42. Act. 4. 11. Isa. 8. 14. Rom. 9. 31. d That is partakers of Christes Priesthode and kingdome â Or gotten by ãâã Exod. 19. 6. Reuel 5. 10. Hosea 2. 23. Rom. 9. 25. Galat. 5. 17. Rom. 13. 14. Chap. 3. 16. Mat. 5. 26. Rom. 13. 1. e Your good con uersacion shal be as a preparatiue against that day that God shall shew mercie vn to theÌ and turne them â Or publike gouernement Chap. 1. ãâã Rom. 12 10 Ephes. 6. 5. f ãâã theÌ whiche acknowledge one self Father in heauen Colos 3. ãâã 2. Cot. 7. 10. g In all obedieÌce this must before ãâã eyes that we obey in the Lord for if anie
commande things against God then let vs answer It is better to obey God then men h Knowing that God ãâã this charge vpoÌ him Isa. 53. 9. 1. Iohn 3. 2. Isa. 53. 5. Mat. 8. 17. Col. 3. 18. Ephes. 5 22. 2. Tim. 2. 9. â Or master Gen. 18. 12. a But willingly do your dueties for your condicion is not the worse for your obedience 1. Cor. 7. 1. b By nether keping them to streite nor in giuing theÌ to much libertie c Taking care and prouiding for her d Man ought to loue his wife because they lead their life together also for that she is the weaker ves sel but chiefly because that God hathe made them as it were felowe heires together of life euerlasting e For they can not pray when they are at ãâã tion Prou. 17. 11. 20. 22. Mat 5. 19. Rom. 12. 17. f God hath made vs when we were his enemies heires of his kingdo me and shal not we forgiue our ãâã a smale faute 1. Thes 5. 15. Psal 33. 13. Isay. 1. 16. g To take venge ance on him Mat. 5. 10. h That is when thei thinke to make you a fraid by their threatnings i Giue him praise and depende on him Isa. ãâã 13. Chap. 2. 12. Rom. 5. 6. Ebr. 9. 15. k By the power of God l Christ being from the beginning head and gouernour of his Church came in the daies of Noe not in bodie which then he had not but in Spirit and preached by the mouth of Noe for the space of 120 yere to the disobedient which wolde not repeÌt and therefore are now in prison re serued to the last iudgement â Or persones Gen. 6. 14. Mat. 24. 38. Luk. 17. 26. Ebr. 1. 3. Or the taking to witnes of a good conscience a Our sanctification standeth in two points in dying to sinne liuing to God Or bodie Ephes. 4. 23. b Althogh the wicked thinke this Gospel newe and vexe you that imbrace is yet hath it bene prea ched to them of time past which now are dead to the intent that thei might haue bene condemned or dead to sinne in the flesh and also might haue liued to God in the spirit which two are the effect of the Gospel c As liate moueth vs to reproche our brother when he offendeth vs so loue hideth and pardoneth the fautes which he commiteth against vs thogh they be neuer so manie Prou. 10. 12. Rom. 12. 13. Ebr. 13. 2. Rom. 12. 6. Philip. 2. 14. Mat. 5. 110. d That is by ãâã ãâã â Or ãâã Iere. 25. 29. Luk. 23. 31. e As concerning this life where he is punished Prouerb ãâã 31. a By elders he vn derstandeth all them which prea che teache or minister in the Church â Or Christ. â Or which is coÌmit vnto you or as muche as in you lyeth Rom. 11. 10. Iam. 4. 6. Iam. 4. 10. Psal. 54. ãâã Wisd. 12. 13. Mat. 6. 25. Luk. 12. 22 Luk. 22. 31. b Nothing cometh vnto vs Which We se not to apperteine to the rest of Christs members and therefore We ought not to ãâã se that condition Which is commu ne to all the Saintes c Which Was a famous citie in Assyria Where Peter then Was the Apostle of the ãâã Rom. 16. 16. 1. Cor. 16. ãâã 2. Cor. 13. 13. a In that he declared him self iuste and faithful in accomplishing his ãâã by Christ. b ãâã ãâã of Christ as he is God aÌd Sauiour c That is saluation d The summe of our saluation and religion is to be ãâã by Christ to the ãâã Who calleth vs in the Sonne â Or through his glorie e We are made partakers of the ãâã nature in that We ãâã the corruption of the World or as Paul ãâã are dead to sinne and are not in the flesh f Godlie maners g The Greeke Worde signifieth him that natural ly can not se except he holdeth nere his eyes So Peter calleth suche as can not se heauenlie things Which are ãâã of pure blinde or sand blinde h A ãâã it be sure in it self forasmuche as God can not change yet We must con ãâã it in ãâã selues by the frutes of the Spirit knowing that the purpose of God electeth calleth sanctifieth and iustifieth vs. i For God Wil euer vp holde you k In this bodie 2. Cor. 5. 3. ãâã 21. 19. 1. Cor. 1. 17. ãâã â Or sophistical and ãâã Mat. 17 ãâã l For by Christs presence it Was for the time holie m That is the doctrine of the Pro ãâã n A ãâã knowledge then vnder the Law o Meaning Christ the sunne of iustice by his Gospel 2. Tim. 3. 16. p Cometh not of men â Or interpretation Act. 20. ãâã 1. Tim. 4. 2. Iud. 11. â Or ãâã ãâã a This is ãâã sene in the Pope and his Priests Whiche by lies flatteries sel meÌs soules so that it iscerteine that he is not the successour of Simon Pe ter but of Simon Magus Iob. 4. 18. Iude. 6. Gen. 7. 2. Gen. 19. 24. Gen. 19. ãâã 1. King 22. 22. Iob. 1. 12. b Albeit the An gels condemne the vice and ãâã of Wicked anagistrates yet they blame not the autoritie and power Which is giuen theÌ of God c As beasts Without reasoÌ or Wit followe ãâã nature leadeth them so these Wicked meÌ desti ãâã of the Spirit of God onely seke to fulfil ãâã sensualitie and as they are vessels made to destructioÌ and ãâã to this iudgement so thei ãâã into the snares of Satan to their ãâã struction d For in your ãâã lie feasts they sit as members of the Church Where as in dede they be but spottes so deceiue you read Iude 12. Nomb. 22 23. Iude ãâã e Thei haue some appearance outWarde but With in they are drie and barren or at moste they cause but a tempest Iude 12. Iohn 8. 34. Rom. 6. 20. Mat. 12. ãâã f Which commeth by hearing the Gospel preached Ebr. 6. 4. 10 16. â Or doctrine Proue 29. ãâã a For We fall quickely ãâã and forget that Which We ãâã taught 1. Tim. 4. ãâã 2. ãâã 3. 1. Iude 18. b He ãâã them Which had once professed Christian religioÌ but became after Warde ãâã mockers as Epicurians ãâã atheistes c As touching the beautie therof things whiche were therein except theÌ which were in the arke Psal. ãâã 4. Eze. 33. 32. d He ãâã not here of the ãâã and eternal counsel of God whereby he ãâã ãâã it pleaseth him but of the preaching of the Gospell whereby all are called and biddeÌ to the banket 1. Tim. 2. 4. Mat. 24. 44. 1. Thes. ãâã 2. Reuel 3. 3. 16. 15. Isa. 65. 17. 66. ãâã Reuel ãâã 1. e In quiet conscience Rom. 2. 4. f Albeit his epistles were writ to peculiar Churches yet they ãâã a generall doctrine apperteining to al ãâã g As no man ãâã the bright nes of the sunne because his eye is not able to sust
me â Or knowen Iohn 17. 6. a The faithful are sanctified of God ther in the Sonne by the holie Gost b That he shulde kepe you 2. Peter 2. 1. c Againste assaltes of ãâã and her ãâã d That ye shulde kepe it foreuer e He confirmeth their hearte against the conteÌners of religion and Apostates Nom 14 ãâã 2 Peter 2. 4. Gen. 19. 24. f Their increduli tie was the fourtaine of all their ãâã â Or original g Then shal be their extreme punishment h Moste horrible pollutions Ios. 10. 13. 2. Chro 9. 29. ãâã Christe vnder the name of the Angel rebuked Satan as knowing that he went about to hinder the Churche but here we are admonished not to seke to reuenge our selues by euil speaking but to referre the thing to God i VVhich shewe them selues dull and impudent k It is moste like that this exaÌple was writin som of thoses ãâã of the Scripture which are now lost Nomb. 21. 14. l In zacharie 3. m By their carnal iudgement Gen. 4. 8. Nom. 22 23. Nom. 16. 1. 2. Peter 2. 16. n For as Core Dathan and ãâã ron rose vp and spake againste Moses so to these againste theÌ that are in autoritie o These were ge neral feasts whi che the faythfull kept partely to protest their bro therlie loue and partely to relieue the nedye Tertull in ãâã p Ether of God or of his Churche Chap. 39. Reuel 1. 7. q This saying of Enoch might for the worthines ther of haue bene as a coÌmune saying among men of al times or els haue bene written in some of those bookes whi che now remaine not yet by the prouideÌce of God so many are left as ãâã eable to instrust vs in the faith of Iesus Christ to ãâã Iohn 20. 31. â In vngodlines and iniquitie Psal. 16. 10. 1. Tim. 4. 1. 2. Tim. 1. 1. 2. Pet. 3. 3. ãâã Of regeneratioÌ s Some may be wonne with ãâã other by sharpenes t By sharpe reprofes to drawe theÌ out of danger u He willeth not onely to cut of the euill but to take away al occasions whiche are as preparatiues and accessoties to the same a Of things whiche were hid before b Christ receiued this reuelation out of his fathers bosome as his owne doctrine but it was hid in respect of vs so that Christe as Lord and God re ueiled it to Iohn his seruaÌt by the ministerie of his Angel to the edi ficacion of his Churche c To the good and bad d Which expoun deth the olde pphetes ãâã what shall come to passe in the newe testament e And began euen then f Meaning the Church vniuersal g That is froÌ the holie Gost or these seueÌ Spirits were ministers before God the Father Christ whome after he calleth the hornes and eyes of the Lambe Exo. 3. 14. Psal 89. 38. 1. Cor. 15. 21. Colos. 1. 18. Ebr. 9 14. 1. Pet. 1. 19. 1. Iohn 1. 9. 1. Pet. 2. 5. h They that ãâã Christ ãâã cruelly per secuted him and put him to death shal theÌ acknow ledge him â Or for him i Alpha Omega are the first and last letters of the a b c of the Greks Chap. 5. 6. In a like phrases Paul taketh God and Christ the Angels to witnes ãâã Tim. 5. 21. â Or for him â Or for him Mat. 24. 30. Isa. 3. 14. k Whiche some cal sunday S. Paul the first day of the weke 1. Cor. 16. 1. Act 20. 7. and it was established after that the Iewes Sabbath was abolished Iude. 14. l I am before whome nothing was yea by whome whatsoe uer is made was made aÌd he that shal remaine wheÌ al things shal perish euen I am the eternal God m Of the whiche some were falleÌ others decayed some were prou de others negligent so that he sneweth remedie for all Chap. 21. 6. 22. 13 n That is hym whose voyce I heard o Meanyng the Churches p Whiche was Christe the head of the Churche q As the chief Priest r For in him was no concupiscence whiche is signified by girdyng the loynes s To signifie hys wisdome eternitie and ãâã t To se the secrets of the heart â Or alcumine u His iudgements and Waies are most perfect x Bothe because all nations praise him and also his worde is heard and preached through the worlde z This sworde signified his worde the vertue thereof as is declared * Ebr. 4. 12. * Dani. 0. 9. a To comfort me * Ifa 41. 4. 44. 6. b Equal God with my Father and ãâã c That is power ouer them d In the latter dayes e In my protection f That is the ministers * ãâã 2. 3. y Whiche are the pastors of the Churches a To the Pastor or minister whiche are called by this Name becau se they are Gods ãâã and haue their office commune with Iesus Christ who also is called an Angel b Read chap. 11. 3. c In his protectioÌ d According to his promes Mat 28. 20. He wil be with them to the end of the worlde e Thy first loue that thou hadest towarde God thi neighbour at the first preachiÌg of the Gospel f The office of the Pastor is compared to a caÌdelsticke or lampe for asmuche as he ought to shine before men g These were he retikes whiche helde that wiues shulde becoÌmune as some thinke were named of one called Nicolas of whome is wrot Act. 6. 5. which was chosen among the Deacons h Meanyng the life euerlastyng thus by corporall benefites he raiseth theÌ vp to coÌsider spirituall blessings i This is thoght to be Policarpus who was minister of Smyrna ãâã yeres as he hym self confessed before He rodes WheÌ as he was led to be burned for Christs cause k The eternal diuinitie of Iesus Christe is here most plainely declared with his man hode victorie ouer death to assure his that they shall not be ouercome by death l This was the persecutioÌ vnder the ãâã Domitian m In spirituall treasures n They are not Abrahams children accordyng to the faith o Here he nameth the autor of al our calamitie in couraging vs maÌ fully to fight against him in promising vs the victorie p The end of afflictioÌ is that we may be tryed not destroyed q Signifying ma nie times as Genes 31. 41. Nomb. 14. 22. Althoght there shal be comfort and release r The first death ãâã the natural death bodie the secoÌdeis the eter nal death froÌ the which all are fre that belieue in Iesus Christ. s The Worde of God is the sword With two edges Ebr. 4. 12. t All to Wnes countreies When ãâã Gods Worde and good liuing is banished are the throne of Satan also those places Where the Worde is not preached syncerly nor maners a right reformed u In the verie heat of persecution slaughter of the Martyrs they continued in the pure faith
and also by the fewenes of them whiche haue at al times worshipped him purely according to his worde that it standeth not in the multitude but in the poore and despised in the smale flocke and litle nomber that man in his wisdome might be confounded and the Name of God euer more praised CHAP. I. 1 God created the heauen and the earth 3. The light and the darkenes 8 The firmament 9 He separateth the water from the earth 16 He createth the sunne the moone and the starres 21 He createth the fish birdes beastes 26 He createth man and giueth him rule ouer all creatures 29 And prouideth nourriture for man and beast 1 IN the beginnyng * God created the heauen the earth 2 And the earth was without forme voyde darkenes was vpoÌ the depe the Spirit of God moued vpon the waters 3 Then God said * Let there be light there was light 4 And God sawe the light that it was good and God separated the light from the darkenes 5 And God called the light Daye and the darkenes he called Night So the euening and the morning were the first day 6 ¶ Againe God said * Let there be a firmament in the middes of the waters and let it separate the waters from the waters 7 Then God made the firmament and parted the waters which were vnder the firmameÌt from the waters which were * aboue the firmament and it was so 8 And God called the firmament Heauen So the euening and the morning were the seconde day 9 ¶ God said againe * Let the waters vnder the heauen be gathered into one place and letthe drye land appeare and it was so 10 And God called the drye land Earth and he called the gathering together of the waters Seas and God sawe that it was good 11 Then God said Let the earth budde forthe the budde of the herbe that sedeth sede the frutefultre which beareth frute according to his kinde which maie haue hie sede in itself vpon the earth and it was so 12 And the earth broght forthe the budde of the herbe that sedeth sede according to his kinde also the tre that yeldeth frute which hathe his sede in it selfe according to his kinde and God sawe that it was good 13 So the euening and the morning were the third daie 14 ¶ And God said * Let there be lightes in the firmament of the heaueÌ to separate the daie from the night and let them be for signes and for seasons and for daies and yeres 15 And let them be for lightes in the firmameÌt of the heauen to giue light vpon the earth and it was so 16 God theÌ made two great lightes the grea ter light to rule the daie and the lesse light to rul the night the made also the starres 17 And God set them in the firmament of the heauen to shine vpon the earth 18 And to * rule in the daie and in the night to separate the light from the darkenes and God sawe that it was good 19 So the euening and the morning were the fourth daie 20 Afterwarde God said Let the waters bring forthe in abundance euerie creping thing that hathe life and let the foule flie vpon the earth in the open firmament of the heauen 21 Then God created the great whales euerie thing liuing and mouing which the waters broght forthe in abundance according to their kinde euerie fethered foule accor ding to his kinde and God sawe that it was good 22 Then God blessed them saying Bring forthe frute and multiplie and filthe waters in the seas and letthe foule multiplie in the earth 23 So the euening and the morning were the fifte day 24 ¶ Moreouer God said Let the earth bring forthe the liuing thing according to his kinde cattel and that which crepeth aÌd the beast of the earth according to his kinde it was so 25 And God made the beast of the earth accor ding to his kinde and the cattel according to his kinde and euerie creping thing of the earth according to his kinde and God sawe that it was good 26 Furthermore God said * Let vs make man in our image according to our lickenes and let them rule ouer the fish of the sea aÌd ouer the foule of the heauen and ouer the beastes and ouer all the earth and ouer euerie thing that crepeth and moueth on the earth 27 * Thus God created the man in his image in the image of God created he him he created them * male and female 28 And God blessed them and God said to them * Bring forthe frute and multiplie and filthe earth and subdue it and rule ouer the fish of the sea and ouer the soule of the heauen and ouer euerie beast that moueth vpon the earth 29 And God said Beholde I haue giuen vnto you euerie herbe bearing sede which is vpon all the earth and euerie tre wherein is the frute of a tre bearing sede * that shal be to you for meat 30 Likewise to euerie beast of the earth and to euerie foule of the heauen and to euerie thing that moueth vpon the earth which ha the life in it selfe euerie grene herbe shal be for meat and it was so 31 * And God sawe all that he had made and lo it was very good So the euening and the morning were the sixt day CHAP. II. 2 God resteth the seuenth day and sanctifieth it 15 He setteth man in the garden 22 He createth the woman 29 Mariage is ordeined 1 THus the heauens and the earth were finished and all the hoste of them 2 For in the seuenth day God ended his worke which he had made and the seuenth daye he rested from all his worke which he had made 3 So Godblessed he seuenth day and sanctified it because that in it he had rested from all his worke which God had created and made 4 ¶ These are the generacions of the heauens and of the earth when thei were created in the day that the Lord God made the earth and the heauens 5 And euerie plant of the field before it was in the earth and euerie herbe of the field be fore it grewe for the Lord God had not cau sed it to raine vpon the earth nether was there a man to til the grounde 6 But a myst went vp from the earth watred all the earth 7 ¶ The Lord God also made the man of the dust of the grounde and breatched in his face breath of life and the man was a liuing soule 8 And the Lord God planted a garden Eastwarde in Eden and there he put the man whome he had made 9 For out of the grounde made the Lord God
hac also thou gauest acob and Esau * and didest chose Iacob and cast of Esau and so Iacob became a great multitude 17 And wheÌ thou leddest his sede out of Egypt * thou broghtest them vp to mount Sina 18 And enclinedst the heauens and bowedst downe the earth didest moue the grouÌde and cause the depths to shake didest astonish the worlde 19 And thy glorie went thorowe foure gates of fyre with earth quakes winde and colde that thou mightest giue the Lawe vnto thee sede of Iacob and that which the generacioÌ of Israél shulde diligently obserue 20 Yet tokest thou not away froÌ them the wic ked heart that thy Law might bring forthe frute in them 21 For * Adam first hauing a wicked heart was ouercome and vain quished and all they that are borne of him 22 Thus remained weakenes ioyned with the lawe in the hearts of the people with the wickednes of the roote so that the good de parted away and the euil abode stil. 23 So the times passed away and the yeres were broght to an end * til thou didest raise thee vp a seruant called Dauid 24 * Whome thou commaÌdedst to buyld a citie vnto thy Name to call vpô thee therein with incense and sacrifice 25 When this was done many yeres the inhabitants forsoke thee 26 Followyng the wayes of Adam and all hys generacion for they also had a wycked heart 27 Therefore thou gauest thy citie ouer into the hands of thine enemies 28 But do they that dwell at Babylon any better that they shulde haue the dominion of Sion 29 For when I came thether and sawe their wicked dedes without noÌber for this is the thirtieth yere that I se many trespacing I was discouraged 30 For I sawe how thou sufferedst them that sinne and sparedst the wicked doers where as thou hast destroyed thine owne people preserued thine enemies and thou hast not shewed it 31 I can not perceiue how this coÌmeth to passe Are the dedes of Babylon better then thei of Sion 32 Or is there any other people that knoweth thee besides Israél or what generacion hath so beleued thy Testimonies as Iacob 33 And yet their rewarde appeareth not and their labour hathe no frute for I haue gone here and there thorow out the heathen and I se them florish and thinke not vpon thy coÌ mandements 34 Weigh thou therefore our wickednes now in the balance and theirs also that dwell in the worlde and no mention of thee shal be founde but in Israel 35 Or when is it that they that dwell on the earth haue not sinned in thy sight or what people hathe so kept thy commandements 36 Thou shalte surely finde that Israel by name hathe kept thy precepts but not the heathen CHAP. IIII. 5 The Angel reproueth Esdras because he semed to entre into the profunde iudgements of God 1 ANd the Angel that was sent vnto me whose name was Vriel answered 2 And said Thine heart hathe taken to much vpon it in this worlde and thou thinkest to comprehende the wayes of the Hiest 3 Then said I Yea my lord And he answered me and said I am sent to shewe thee thre wayes and to set forthe thre similitudes before thee 4 Where of if thou canst declare me one I wil shewe thee also the way that thou desirest to se and I wil shewe thee from whence the wicked heart cometh 5 And I said Tell on my lord Then said he vnto me Go thy way weigh me the weight of the fyre or measure me the blast of the wind or call me againe the daye that is past 6 Then answered I said What man is borne that can do that which thou requirest me coÌ cerning these things 7 And he said vnto me If I shulde aske thee how deepe dwellings are in the middes of the sea or how great springs are in the begin ning of the depth or how great springs are in the stretchyng out of the heauen or whiche are the borders of Paradise 8 Peraduenture thou woldest saye vnto me I neuer went downe to the depe ãâã nor yet to the hell nether dyd I euer clime vp to heauen 9 But now haue I asked thee but of fyre and winde of the day whereby thou hast passed and from the which things thou canst not be separated and yet canst thou giue me none answer of them 10 He said moreouer vnto me Thine owne things and suche as are growen vp with thee canst thou not knowe 11 How ãâã thy vessel then be able to comprehend the wayes of the Hiest and now out wardly in the corrupt worlde to vnderstand the corruption that is euident in my sight 12 Then said I vnto him It were better that we were not at all then that we shulde liue in wickednes and to suffer and not to knowe wherefore 13 And he answered me and said * I came to a forest in the plaine where the trees helde a counsel 14 And said Come let vs go fight against the sea that it may giue place to vs and that we may make vs more woods 15 Like wise the floods of the sea toke counsel and said Come let vs go vp and fight against the trees of the wood that we may get another countrey for vs. 16 But the purpose of the wood was vaine for the fyre came and consumed it 17 Likewise also the purpose of the floods of the sea for the sand stode vp and stopped them 18 If thou were iudge betwene these two who me woldest thou iustifie or whome woldest thou condemne 19 I answered and said Verely it is a foolish pur pose that they bothe haue deuised for the grounde is appointed for the wood and the sea hathe his place to be are his floods 20 Then answered he me and said Thou hast giueÌ a right iudgemeÌt but why iudgest thou not thy self also 21 For like as the grounde is appointed for the wood and the sea for his floods so * they that dwell vpon earth can vnderstand nothing but that which is vpon earth and they that are in the heauens the things that are ãâã the height of the heauens 22 Then answered I and said I beseche thee ô Lord let vnderstanding be giuen me 23 For I did not purpose to inquire of thine hie things but of suche as we dayely medle with all namely wherefore Israel is made a reproche to the heathen and for what cause the people whome thou hast loued is giuen ouer to wicked nacioÌs and why the Law of our fathers is abolished and the writen ceremonies are come to none effect 24 Why we are tossed to and fro through the worlde as the greshoppes and our life is a ve ry feare and we are not thoght worthie to obteine mercie 25 But what wil ãâã do to his Name whiche is called vpon ãâã vs Of these things haue I asked the question 26 Then answered he me
and said The more thou searchest the more thou shalt maruelt for the worlde hasteth fast to passe away 27 And can not comprehend the things that are promised to the righteous in time to come for this worlde is full of vnrighteousnes and weakenes 28 But to declare thee the things wherof thou a kest the euil is sowen but the destruction thereof is not yet come 29 If the euil now that is sower be not turned vp side downe and if the place where the euil is so wen passe not away then can not the thing come that is sowen with good 30 For the corne of euyll sede hathe bene sowen in the heart of Adam from the beginnyng and how muche vngodlines hathe he broght vp vnto this time and how muche shal he bring forth vntil the haruest come 31 Pondre with thy self howe muche frute of wickednes the corne of euill sede bringeth forthe 32 And when the stalkes shal be cut downe whiche are without nomber how great an haruest must be prepared 33 Then I answered and said How and when shall these things come to passe where sore are our yeres fewe and euil 34 And he answered me saying Haste not to be aboue the moste High for thou ãâã in vaine to be aboue him thogh thou indeuer neuer so muche 35 Did not the soules also of the righteous aske question of these things in their chambers saying How long shal I thus hope and when cometh the frute of my barne aÌd our wages 36 And vpon this Ieremiel the Archangel answered and said WheÌ the nomber of the sedes is ãâã in you for he hathe weighed the worlde in the balance 37 The measure of the times is measured the ages are counted by nomber and they shall not be moued or shaken till the measure thereof be fulfilled 38 Then answered I and said O Lord Lord we are all euen full of sinne 39 And for our sake paraduenture the haruest of the righteous is not fulfilled because of the sinne of them that dwel vpon earth 40 So he answered me and said Go and aske a woman with childe when she hathe fulfilled her nine moneths if her wombe may kepe the birth anie longer within her 41 Then said I No Lord she can not And he said vnto me In the graue the places of ãâã are like the wombe 42 For as she that is with childe ãâã to escape the necessitie of the ãâã so do these places hast to deliuer those thyngs that are committed vnto them 43 That which thou desirest to se shal be shew ãâã thee from the beginning 44 Then answered I and said If I haue founde grace in thy sight and if ãâã be possible and if I be mete therefore 45 She we me whether there be more to come then is past or more thyngs past then are to come 46 What is past I knowe but what is to come I knowe not 47 And he said vnto me StaÌd on the right side and I wil expounde thee this by example 48 So I stode and beholde a whote burnyng ouen passed before me and when the ãâã was gone by I loked and beholde the smoke had the vpper hand 49 After this there passed before me a waterie cloude and sent downe muche ãâã with a storme and when the stormie raine was past the droppes came after 50 Then said he vnto me Consider with tly selfe as the raine is more then the ãâã and as fyre ãâã the smoke so the por cion that is past hathe the vpper hand and the droppes and the smoke were muche 51 Then I praied and said Maie I liue thinkest thou vntil that time or what shall come to passe in those daies 52 He aunswered me and sayd Of the tokens wherof thou ask est me I can tel thee a part but I am not sent to shewe thee of thy life for I do not knowe it CHAP. V. 1 In the latter times trueth shal be ãâã 6 Vnrighteousnes and all wickednes shal reigne in the worlde ãâã Israel is reiected and ãâã ãâã them 35 God do th all ãâã in season 1 NEuertheles concerning the tokens beholde the times shall come that they which dwell vpon earth shal be taken in a great ãâã aÌd the way of the trueth shal be hid and the land shal be baren froÌ faith 2 And * iniquitie shal be increased more then thou hast sene now or hast heard iÌ time past 3 And it shal come to passe that one shal set in fore and thou shalt se the land desolate which now reigneth 4 Yea if God grante thee to liue thou shalt se after the third ãâã that the sunne shal suddenly shine againe in the night and the moone thre times a day 5 Blood shall drop out of the wood and the stone shal giue his voyce and the people shal be moued 6 And he shall rule of whome they hope not that dwell vpon earth and the foules shall change place 7 And the sea of Sodom shal cast out fish and make a noyse in the nyght whiche many shal not knowe but they shal all heare the voyce thereof 8 There shal be a confusion in many places and the fyre shal oft breake forthe and the wilde beasts shal change their places and menstruous women shal beare monstres 9 And salt waters shal be founde in the swete and all friends shall fight one agaynst another then shal wit hide it self and vnderstan ding departe into his secret chamber 10 It shal be soght of many and yet not be founde then shal vnrighteousnes and voluptuousnes haue the vpper hand vpon earth 11 One land also shal aske another and say Is righteous iustice gone thorowe thee And it shal say No. 12 At the same time shal men hope but not obteine they shal labour but their enterprises shal not prosper 13 To shewe thee suche tokens I haue leaue and if thou wilt praye againe and wepe as now and fast seuen daies thou shalt heare yet greater things then these 14 ¶ Then I awaked and a fearefulnes went thorow all my bodie and my mynde was feble and fainted 15 But the Angel that was come to talke with me helde me comforted me and set me vp vpon my fete 16 And in the seconde night Salathiel the captaine of the people came vnto me saying Where hast thou bene and why is thy countenance so heauie 17 Knowest thou not that Israél is committed vnto thee in the land of their captiuitie 18 Vp then and eat and forsake vs not as the shepherd that leaueth his flocke in the haÌds of the cruel wolues 19 Then said I vnto him Go thy wayes from me aÌd come not nere me and wheÌ he heard it he went from me 20 And I fasted seuen dayes mornyng and wepyng as Vriél the Angel had commanded me 21 And after seuen dayes the thoghts of mine heart were very grieuous vnto me againe 22 And I had a desire to reason agayne and I beganne to talke with the moste High againe